1/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
| 1/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
| 3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 <ian@cygnus.com>.
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
18
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
23
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
| 4
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 <ian@cygnus.com>.
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
18
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
23
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
| 26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
27
28/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
29
30#include "bfd.h"
31#include "sysdep.h"
32#include "libbfd.h"
33#include "libiberty.h"
34#include "elf-bfd.h"
35#include "elfxx-mips.h"
36#include "elf/mips.h"
37
38/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
39#include "coff/sym.h"
40#include "coff/symconst.h"
41#include "coff/ecoff.h"
42#include "coff/mips.h"
43
44#include "hashtab.h"
45
46/* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
47 sizes. */
48struct mips_got_entry
49{
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
51 bfd *abfd;
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
54 long symndx;
55 union
56 {
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
58 bfd_vma address;
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
61 bfd_vma addend;
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
64 h->forced_local). */
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
66 } d;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
70 long gotidx;
71};
72
73/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
74
75struct mips_got_info
76{
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
78 symbol table. */
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
90 struct htab *bfd2got;
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
94};
95
96/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
97
98struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
99 bfd *bfd;
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
101};
102
103/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
105
106struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
107{
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
109 htab_t bfd2got;
110 /* The output bfd. */
111 bfd *obfd;
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
116 DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
119 gots. */
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
122 16-bit offset. */
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
128};
129
130/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
131
132struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
133{
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
135 int value;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
138};
139
140struct _mips_elf_section_data
141{
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
143 union
144 {
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
146 bfd_byte *tdata;
147 } u;
148};
149
150#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
152
153/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
155
156struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
157{
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
159 index. */
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
162 with a GOT entry. */
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx;
171};
172
173/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
175
176struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
177{
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
179
180 /* External symbol information. */
181 EXTR esym;
182
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
184 this symbol. */
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
186
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
190
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
194 p. 4-20. */
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
196
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
199 asection *fn_stub;
200
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
204
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
207 asection *call_stub;
208
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection *call_fp_stub;
212
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local;
215};
216
217/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
218
219struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
220{
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
222#if 0
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
226#endif
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
235 bfd_vma rld_value;
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
238};
239
240/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
241
242struct extsym_info
243{
244 bfd *abfd;
245 struct bfd_link_info *info;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
248 bfd_boolean failed;
249};
250
251/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
252
253static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
254{
255 "_procedure_table",
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
258 NULL
259};
260
261/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
262 IRIX5. */
263
264typedef struct
265{
266 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
272} Elf32_compact_rel;
273
274typedef struct
275{
276 bfd_byte id1[4];
277 bfd_byte num[4];
278 bfd_byte id2[4];
279 bfd_byte offset[4];
280 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
282} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
283
284typedef struct
285{
286 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
292} Elf32_crinfo;
293
294typedef struct
295{
296 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
301} Elf32_crinfo2;
302
303typedef struct
304{
305 bfd_byte info[4];
306 bfd_byte konst[4];
307 bfd_byte vaddr[4];
308} Elf32_External_crinfo;
309
310typedef struct
311{
312 bfd_byte info[4];
313 bfd_byte konst[4];
314} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
315
316/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
317
318#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
326
327/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
332
333/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
335
336 (type) (konst)
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
341 */
342
343#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
347
348#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
352
353/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
355
356typedef struct runtime_pdr {
357 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
366 long reserved;
367 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
368} RPDR, *pRPDR;
369#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
371
372static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
374static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *);
376static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info *);
379static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
381static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *);
383static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *);
385static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *);
387static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *);
389static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
395static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397static asection *mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
399static asection *mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
401static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd *, asection **);
403static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
404 (bfd *abfd);
405static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
406 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
407static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
408 (bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
409static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
410 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *);
411static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
412 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean);
413static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
414 (bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma);
415static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
416 (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
417static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
418 (struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long);
419static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
420 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
421static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
422 (bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *);
423static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
424 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
425 struct mips_got_info *);
426static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
427 (bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *);
428static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
429 (bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean);
430static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
431 (bfd_vma, int);
432static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
433 (bfd_vma);
434static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
435 (bfd_vma);
436static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
437 (bfd_vma);
438static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
439 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
440static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
441 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean);
442static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
443 (bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
444 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
445 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
446 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean);
447static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
448 (reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *);
449static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
450 (struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
451 bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean);
452static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
453 (bfd *, asection *);
454static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
455 (bfd *, unsigned int);
456static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
457 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
459 bfd_vma *, asection *);
460static void mips_set_isa_flags
461 (bfd *);
462static INLINE char *elf_mips_abi_name
463 (bfd *);
464static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
465 (bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *);
466static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
467 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
468static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
469 (flagword);
470static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
471 (bfd_vma);
472static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
473 (const void *);
474static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
475 (const void *, const void *);
476
477static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type);
480static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
481 (const void *);
482static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
483 (const void *, const void *);
484static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
485 (const void *);
486static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
487 (const void *, const void *);
488static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
489 (void **, void *);
490static int mips_elf_merge_gots
491 (void **, void *);
492static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
493 (void **, void *);
494static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
495 (void **, void *);
496static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
497 (void **, void *);
498static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
499 (struct mips_got_info *);
500static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
501 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
502static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
503 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
504
505/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
506static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
507
508/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
509
510#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
511 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
512
513/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
514#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
515 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
516
517/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
518#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
519
520/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
521#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
522 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
523
524/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
525#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
526 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
527
528/* The name of the options section. */
529#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
530 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
531
532/* The name of the stub section. */
533#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
534
535/* The size of an external REL relocation. */
536#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
537 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
538
539/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
540#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
541 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
542
543/* The size of a GOT entry. */
544#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
545 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
546
547/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
548#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
549 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
550
551/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
552#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
553 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
554
555/* Get word-sized data. */
556#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
557 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
558
559/* Put out word-sized data. */
560#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
561 (ABI_64_P (abfd) \
562 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
563 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
564
565/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
566#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
567 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
568
569#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
571
572/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
588
589/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
592
593/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595
596/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598
599/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 offsets from $gp. */
601#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602
603/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
604#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
610 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
611 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
612#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
613#define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
615 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
616 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
617#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618
619/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
620 section. */
621
622#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
623 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
624 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
625 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
626
627#ifdef BFD64
628#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
630#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
632#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
634#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
635 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636#else
637#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
638#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
640#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
642#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
643 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
644#endif
645
646 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
647 floating point arguments.
648
649 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
650 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
651 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
652 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
653 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
654 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
655 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
656 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657
658 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
659 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
660 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
661 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
662 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
663 stub should be discarded.
664
665 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
666 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
667 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
668 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
669 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
670 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
671 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
672 $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
673
674 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
675 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
676 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677
678 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679
680#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
681#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
682#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683
684/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685
686#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
687 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
688 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
689 (copy), (follow)))
690
691/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692
693#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
694 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (&(table)->root, \
696 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
697 (info)))
698
699/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700
701#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
702 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703
704/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705
706static struct bfd_hash_entry *
707mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
708 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
709{
710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
711 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
712
713 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 subclass. */
715 if (ret == NULL)
716 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
717 if (ret == NULL)
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
719
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
723 table, string));
724 if (ret != NULL)
725 {
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret->esym.ifd = -2;
731 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
732 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
733 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
734 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
735 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
736 ret->call_stub = NULL;
737 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
738 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
739 }
740
741 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
742}
743
744bfd_boolean
745_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
746{
747 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
748 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
749
750 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
751 if (sdata == NULL)
752 return FALSE;
753 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
754
755 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
756}
757
758/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
759 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
760
761bfd_boolean
762_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
763 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
764{
765 HDRR *symhdr;
766 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
767 char *ext_hdr;
768
769 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
770 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
771
772 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
773 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
774 goto error_return;
775
776 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
777 swap->external_hdr_size))
778 goto error_return;
779
780 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
781 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
782
783 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 read. */
785#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
786 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
787 debug->ptr = NULL; \
788 else \
789 { \
790 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
791 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
792 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 goto error_return; \
794 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
795 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
796 goto error_return; \
797 }
798
799 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
800 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
801 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
802 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
803 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
804 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
805 union aux_ext *);
806 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
808 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
809 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
810 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
811#undef READ
812
813 debug->fdr = NULL;
814 debug->adjust = NULL;
815
816 return TRUE;
817
818 error_return:
819 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
820 free (ext_hdr);
821 if (debug->line != NULL)
822 free (debug->line);
823 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
824 free (debug->external_dnr);
825 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
826 free (debug->external_pdr);
827 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
828 free (debug->external_sym);
829 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_opt);
831 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
832 free (debug->external_aux);
833 if (debug->ss != NULL)
834 free (debug->ss);
835 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
836 free (debug->ssext);
837 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_fdr);
839 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
840 free (debug->external_rfd);
841 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
842 free (debug->external_ext);
843 return FALSE;
844}
845
846/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847
848static void
849ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
850{
851 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
855 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
856 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
857
858 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
859 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
860
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
862#if 0 /* FIXME */
863 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
864#endif
865}
866
867/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868
869static bfd_boolean
870mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
871 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
872 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
873{
874 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
875 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
876 RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
877 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
878 void *rtproc;
879 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
880 struct sym_ext *esym;
881 char *ss, **sv;
882 char *str;
883 bfd_size_type size;
884 bfd_size_type count;
885 unsigned long sindex;
886 unsigned long i;
887 PDR pdr;
888 SYMR sym;
889 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
890
891 epdr = NULL;
892 rpdr = NULL;
893 esym = NULL;
894 ss = NULL;
895 sv = NULL;
896
897 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
898
899 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
900 count = hdr->ipdMax;
901 if (count > 0)
902 {
903 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
904
905 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
906 if (epdr == NULL)
907 goto error_return;
908
909 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
910 goto error_return;
911
912 size = sizeof (RPDR);
913 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
914 if (rpdr == NULL)
915 goto error_return;
916
917 size = sizeof (char *);
918 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
919 if (sv == NULL)
920 goto error_return;
921
922 count = hdr->isymMax;
923 size = swap->external_sym_size;
924 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
925 if (esym == NULL)
926 goto error_return;
927
928 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
929 goto error_return;
930
931 count = hdr->issMax;
932 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
933 if (ss == NULL)
934 goto error_return;
935 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, ss))
936 goto error_return;
937
938 count = hdr->ipdMax;
939 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
940 {
941 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
942 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
943 rp->adr = sym.value;
944 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
945 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
946 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
947 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
948 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
949 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
950 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
951 rp->irpss = sindex;
952 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
953 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
954 }
955 }
956
957 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
958 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
959 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
960 if (rtproc == NULL)
961 {
962 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
963 goto error_return;
964 }
965
966 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
967
968 erp = rtproc;
969 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
970 erp++;
971 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
972 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
973 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
974 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
975 {
976 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
977 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
978 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
979 }
980 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
981
982 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
983 s->_raw_size = size;
984 s->contents = rtproc;
985
986 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
987 matters, but someday it might). */
988 s->link_order_head = NULL;
989
990 if (epdr != NULL)
991 free (epdr);
992 if (rpdr != NULL)
993 free (rpdr);
994 if (esym != NULL)
995 free (esym);
996 if (ss != NULL)
997 free (ss);
998 if (sv != NULL)
999 free (sv);
1000
1001 return TRUE;
1002
1003 error_return:
1004 if (epdr != NULL)
1005 free (epdr);
1006 if (rpdr != NULL)
1007 free (rpdr);
1008 if (esym != NULL)
1009 free (esym);
1010 if (ss != NULL)
1011 free (ss);
1012 if (sv != NULL)
1013 free (sv);
1014 return FALSE;
1015}
1016
1017/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1018 discard them. */
1019
1020static bfd_boolean
1021mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1023{
1024 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1025 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1026
1027 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1028 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1029 {
1030 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1031 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1032 being included in the link. */
1033 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1034 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1035 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1036 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1037 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1038 }
1039
1040 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1041 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1042 {
1043 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1044 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1045 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1046 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1047 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1048 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1049 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1050 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1051 }
1052
1053 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1054 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1055 {
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1060 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1061 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1062 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1063 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1064 }
1065
1066 return TRUE;
1067}
1068
1069bfd_reloc_status_type
1070_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1071 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1072 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1073{
1074 bfd_vma relocation;
1075 bfd_signed_vma val;
1076 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1077
1078 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1079 relocation = 0;
1080 else
1081 relocation = symbol->value;
1082
1083 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1084 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1085
1086 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1087 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1088
1089 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1090 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1091
1092 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1093
1094 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1095 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1096 an external symbol. */
1097 if (! relocatable
1098 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1099 val += relocation - gp;
1100
1101 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1102 {
1103 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1104 (bfd_byte *) data
1105 + reloc_entry->address);
1106 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1107 return status;
1108 }
1109 else
1110 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1111
1112 if (relocatable)
1113 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1114
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1116}
1117
1118/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1119 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1120 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1121 INPUT_SECTION. */
1122
1123struct mips_hi16
1124{
1125 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1126 bfd_byte *data;
1127 asection *input_section;
1128 arelent rel;
1129};
1130
1131/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1132
1133static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1134
1135/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1136 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1137 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1138
1139 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1140 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1141 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1142 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1143
1144bfd_reloc_status_type
1145_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1146 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1147 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1148 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1149{
1150 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1151
1152 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1153 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1154
1155 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1156 if (n == NULL)
1157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1158
1159 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1160 n->data = data;
1161 n->input_section = input_section;
1162 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1163 mips_hi16_list = n;
1164
1165 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1166 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1167
1168 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1169}
1170
1171/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1172 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1173 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1174
1175bfd_reloc_status_type
1176_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1177 void *data, asection *input_section,
1178 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1179{
1180 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1181 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1182 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1183 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1184 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1185 input_section, output_bfd,
1186 error_message);
1187
1188 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1189 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1190}
1191
1192/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1193 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1194 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1195
1196bfd_reloc_status_type
1197_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1198 void *data, asection *input_section,
1199 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1200{
1201 bfd_vma vallo;
1202
1203 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1204 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1205
1206 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1207 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1208 {
1209 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1210 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1211
1212 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1213
1214 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1215 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1216 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1217 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1218 has a rightshift of 0. */
1219 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1220 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1221
1222 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1223 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1224 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1225
1226 /* R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 relocations are relative to the address of the
1227 lo16 relocation, not their own address. If we're calculating the
1228 final value, and hence subtracting the "PC", subtract the offset
1229 of the lo16 relocation from here. */
1230 if (output_bfd == NULL && hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
1231 hi->rel.addend -= reloc_entry->address - hi->rel.address;
1232
1233 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1234 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1235 error_message);
1236 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1237 return ret;
1238
1239 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1240 free (hi);
1241 }
1242
1243 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1244 input_section, output_bfd,
1245 error_message);
1246}
1247
1248/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1249 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1250 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1251
1252bfd_reloc_status_type
1253_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1254 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1255 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1256 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1257{
1258 bfd_signed_vma val;
1259 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1260 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1261
1262 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1263
1264 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1265 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1266
1267 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1268 val = 0;
1269 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1270 {
1271 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1272 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1273 offset or address. */
1274 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1275 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1276 }
1277
1278 if (!relocatable)
1279 {
1280 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1281 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1282 val += symbol->value;
1283 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1284 {
1285 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1286 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1287 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1288 }
1289 }
1290
1291 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1292 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1293 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1294 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1295 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1296 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1297 else
1298 {
1299 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1300 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1301
1302 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1303 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1304 (bfd_byte *) data
1305 + reloc_entry->address);
1306 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1307 return status;
1308 }
1309
1310 if (relocatable)
1311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1312
1313 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1314}
1315
1316/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1317 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1318
1319static void
1320bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1321 Elf32_gptab *in)
1322{
1323 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1324 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1325}
1326
1327static void
1328bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1329 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1330{
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1333}
1334
1335static void
1336bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1337 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1338{
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1341 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1342 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1343 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1344 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1345}
1346
1347static void
1348bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1349 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1350{
1351 unsigned long l;
1352
1353 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1354 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1355 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1356 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1357 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1358 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1360}
1361
1362/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1363 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1364 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1365
1366void
1367bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1368 Elf32_RegInfo *in)
1369{
1370 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1371 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1372 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1373 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1374 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1375 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1376}
1377
1378void
1379bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1380 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1381{
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1387 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1388}
1389
1390/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1391 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1392 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1393 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1394 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1395
1396void
1397bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1398 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1399{
1400 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1401 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1402 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1403 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1404 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1405 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1406 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1407}
1408
1409void
1410bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1411 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1412{
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1419 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1420}
1421
1422/* Swap in an options header. */
1423
1424void
1425bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1426 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1427{
1428 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1429 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1430 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1431 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1432}
1433
1434/* Swap out an options header. */
1435
1436void
1437bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1438 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1439{
1440 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1441 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1442 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1443 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1444}
1445
1446/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1447 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1448
1449static int
1450sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1451{
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1453 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1454
1455 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1456 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1457
1458 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1459}
1460
1461/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1462
1463static int
1464sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1465{
1466 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1467 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1468
1469 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1470 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1471 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1472 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1473
1474 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1475 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1476}
1477
1478
1479/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1480 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1481 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1482 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1483 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1484 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1485 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1486 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1487 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1488 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1489 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1490 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1491 when generating a final executable. */
1492
1493static bfd_boolean
1494mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1495{
1496 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1497 bfd_boolean strip;
1498 asection *sec, *output_section;
1499
1500 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1501 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1502
1503 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1504 strip = FALSE;
1505 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1506 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1507 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1508 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1509 strip = TRUE;
1510 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1511 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1512 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1513 h->root.root.root.string,
1514 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1515 strip = TRUE;
1516 else
1517 strip = FALSE;
1518
1519 if (strip)
1520 return TRUE;
1521
1522 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1523 {
1524 h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
1525 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1526 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1527 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1528 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1529 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1530 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1531
1532 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1533 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1534 {
1535 const char *name;
1536
1537 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1538 special symbols. */
1539 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1540 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1541 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1542 {
1543 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1544 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1545 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1546 }
1547 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1548 {
1549 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1550 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1551 h->esym.asym.value =
1552 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1553 }
1554 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1555 {
1556 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1557 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1558 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1559 }
1560 else
1561 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1562 }
1563 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1565 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1566 else
1567 {
1568 const char *name;
1569
1570 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1571 output_section = sec->output_section;
1572
1573 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1574 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1575 if (output_section == NULL)
1576 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1577 else
1578 {
1579 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1580
1581 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1582 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1583 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1584 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1585 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1586 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1587 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1588 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1589 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1590 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1591 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1592 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1593 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1594 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1595 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1596 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1597 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1598 else
1599 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1600 }
1601 }
1602
1603 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1604 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1605 }
1606
1607 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1608 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1609 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1610 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1611 {
1612 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1613 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1614 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1615 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1616
1617 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1618 output_section = sec->output_section;
1619 if (output_section != NULL)
1620 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1621 + sec->output_offset
1622 + output_section->vma);
1623 else
1624 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1625 }
1626 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1627 {
1628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1629 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1630
1631 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1632 {
1633 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1634 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1635 }
1636
1637 if (!no_fn_stub)
1638 {
1639 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1640 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1641 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1642 if (sec == NULL)
1643 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1644 else
1645 {
1646 output_section = sec->output_section;
1647 if (output_section != NULL)
1648 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1649 + sec->output_offset
1650 + output_section->vma);
1651 else
1652 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1653 }
1654#if 0 /* FIXME? */
1655 h->esym.ifd = 0;
1656#endif
1657 }
1658 }
1659
1660 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1661 h->root.root.root.string,
1662 &h->esym))
1663 {
1664 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1665 return FALSE;
1666 }
1667
1668 return TRUE;
1669}
1670
1671/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1672
1673static int
1674gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1675{
1676 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1677 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1678
1679 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1680}
1681
1682/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1683
1684/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1685 hash number. */
1686
1687static INLINE hashval_t
1688mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1689{
1690#ifdef BFD64
1691 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1692#else
1693 return addr;
1694#endif
1695}
1696
1697/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1698 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1699 union members. */
1700
1701static hashval_t
1702mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1703{
1704 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1705
1706 return entry->symndx
1707 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1708 : entry->abfd->id
1709 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1710 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1711}
1712
1713static int
1714mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1715{
1716 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1717 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1718
1719 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1720 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1721 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1722 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1723}
1724
1725/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1726 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1727 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1728 accordingly. */
1729
1730static hashval_t
1731mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1732{
1733 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1734
1735 return entry->symndx
1736 + (! entry->abfd
1737 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1738 : entry->symndx >= 0
1739 ? (entry->abfd->id
1740 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1741 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1742}
1743
1744static int
1745mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1746{
1747 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1748 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1749
1750 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1751 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1752 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1753 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1754 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1755}
1756
1757/* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1758
1759static asection *
1760mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
1761{
1762 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1763 asection *sreloc;
1764
1765 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1766 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1767 {
1768 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1769 if (sreloc == NULL
1770 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1771 (SEC_ALLOC
1772 | SEC_LOAD
1773 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
1774 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1775 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1776 | SEC_READONLY))
1777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1778 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
1779 return NULL;
1780 }
1781 return sreloc;
1782}
1783
1784/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1785
1786static asection *
1787mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
1788{
1789 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1790 if (sgot == NULL
1791 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1792 return NULL;
1793 return sgot;
1794}
1795
1796/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1797 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1798 section. */
1799
1800static struct mips_got_info *
1801mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
1802{
1803 asection *sgot;
1804 struct mips_got_info *g;
1805
1806 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1807 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1808 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1809 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1810 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1811
1812 if (sgotp)
1813 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1814
1815 return g;
1816}
1817
1818/* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1819 global GOT entry. */
1820static long
1821mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (bfd *abfd)
1822{
1823 asection *sgot;
1824 struct mips_got_info *g;
1825
1826 if (abfd == NULL)
1827 return 0;
1828
1829 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1830 if (sgot == NULL || mips_elf_section_data (sgot) == NULL)
1831 return 0;
1832
1833 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1834 if (g == NULL || g->global_gotsym == NULL)
1835 return 0;
1836
1837 return g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1838}
1839
1840/* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1841 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1842 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1843
1844static bfd_vma
1845mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1846 bfd_vma value)
1847{
1848 asection *sgot;
1849 struct mips_got_info *g;
1850 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1851
1852 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1853
1854 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1855 if (entry)
1856 return entry->gotidx;
1857 else
1858 return MINUS_ONE;
1859}
1860
1861/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1862
1863static bfd_vma
1864mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1865{
1866 bfd_vma index;
1867 asection *sgot;
1868 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1869 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1870
1871 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1872 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1873 {
1874 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1875
1876 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1877
1878 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1879 if (g->next != gg)
1880 {
1881 e.abfd = ibfd;
1882 e.symndx = -1;
1883 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1884
1885 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1886
1887 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1888 return p->gotidx;
1889 }
1890 }
1891
1892 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1893 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1894
1895 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1896 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1897 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1898 offset. */
1899 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1900 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1901 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1902 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1903
1904 return index;
1905}
1906
1907/* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1908 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1909 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1910 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1911 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1912
1913static bfd_vma
1914mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1915 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
1916{
1917 asection *sgot;
1918 struct mips_got_info *g;
1919 bfd_vma index;
1920 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1921
1922 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1923
1924 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1925 (value + 0x8000)
1926 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1927
1928 if (!entry)
1929 return MINUS_ONE;
1930
1931 index = entry->gotidx;
1932
1933 if (offsetp)
1934 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1935
1936 return index;
1937}
1938
1939/* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1940 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1941
1942static bfd_vma
1943mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1944 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
1945{
1946 asection *sgot;
1947 struct mips_got_info *g;
1948 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1949
1950 if (! external)
1951 {
1952 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1953 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1954 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1955 HI16/LO16 pair. */
1956 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1957 }
1958
1959 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1960
1961 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1962 if (entry)
1963 return entry->gotidx;
1964 else
1965 return MINUS_ONE;
1966}
1967
1968/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1969 in the GOT. */
1970
1971static bfd_vma
1972mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
1973 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
1974{
1975 asection *sgot;
1976 bfd_vma gp;
1977 struct mips_got_info *g;
1978
1979 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1980 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1981 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1982
1983 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1984}
1985
1986/* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1987 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1988
1989static struct mips_got_entry *
1990mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
1991 struct mips_got_info *gg,
1992 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
1993{
1994 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1995 struct mips_got_info *g;
1996
1997 entry.abfd = NULL;
1998 entry.symndx = -1;
1999 entry.d.address = value;
2000
2001 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2002 if (g == NULL)
2003 {
2004 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2005 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2006 }
2007
2008 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2009 INSERT);
2010 if (*loc)
2011 return *loc;
2012
2013 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2014
2015 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2016
2017 if (! *loc)
2018 return NULL;
2019
2020 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2021
2022 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2023 {
2024 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2025 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2026 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2027 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2029 return NULL;
2030 }
2031
2032 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2033 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2034
2035 return *loc;
2036}
2037
2038/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2039 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2040 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2041 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2043 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2044
2045static bfd_boolean
2046mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2047{
2048 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2049 struct mips_got_info *g;
2050 bfd *dynobj;
2051
2052 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2053
2054 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2055
2056 hsd.low = NULL;
2057 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2058 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2059 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2060 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2061 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2062 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2063 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2064 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2065 too large offsets. */
2066 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2067 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2068 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2069 elf_hash_table (info)),
2070 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2071 &hsd);
2072
2073 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2074 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2075 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2076 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2077 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2078
2079 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2080 table index in the GOT. */
2081 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2082
2083 return TRUE;
2084}
2085
2086/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2087 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2088 index. */
2089
2090static bfd_boolean
2091mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2092{
2093 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2094
2095 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2096 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2097
2098 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2099 at all. */
2100 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2101 return TRUE;
2102
2103 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2104 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2105 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2106 -1. */
2107 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2108 {
2109 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2110 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2111 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2112 }
2113 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2114 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2115 else
2116 {
2117 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2118 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2119 }
2120
2121 return TRUE;
2122}
2123
2124/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2125 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2126 posterity. */
2127
2128static bfd_boolean
2129mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2130 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2131 struct mips_got_info *g)
2132{
2133 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2134
2135 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2136 table. */
2137 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2138 {
2139 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2140 {
2141 case STV_INTERNAL:
2142 case STV_HIDDEN:
2143 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2144 break;
2145 }
2146 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2147 return FALSE;
2148 }
2149
2150 entry.abfd = abfd;
2151 entry.symndx = -1;
2152 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2153
2154 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2155 INSERT);
2156
2157 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2158 need to do it again. */
2159 if (*loc)
2160 return TRUE;
2161
2162 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2163
2164 if (! *loc)
2165 return FALSE;
2166
2167 entry.gotidx = -1;
2168 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2169
2170 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2171 return TRUE;
2172
2173 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2174 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2175 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2176 h->got.offset = 1;
2177
2178 return TRUE;
2179}
2180
2181/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2182 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2183
2184static bfd_boolean
2185mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2186 struct mips_got_info *g)
2187{
2188 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2189
2190 entry.abfd = abfd;
2191 entry.symndx = symndx;
2192 entry.d.addend = addend;
2193 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2194 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2195
2196 if (*loc)
2197 return TRUE;
2198
2199 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2200
2201 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2202
2203 if (! *loc)
2204 return FALSE;
2205
2206 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2207
2208 return TRUE;
2209}
2210
2211/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2212
2213static hashval_t
2214mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2215{
2216 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2217 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2218
2219 return entry->bfd->id;
2220}
2221
2222/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2223
2224static int
2225mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2226{
2227 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2228 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2229 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2230 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2231
2232 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2233}
2234
2235/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2236 be the master GOT data. */
2237
2238static struct mips_got_info *
2239mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2240{
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2242
2243 if (! g->bfd2got)
2244 return g;
2245
2246 e.bfd = ibfd;
2247 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2248 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2249}
2250
2251/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2252 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2253 bfd requires. */
2254
2255static int
2256mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2257{
2258 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2259 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2260 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2261 struct mips_got_info *g;
2262 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2263 void **bfdgotp;
2264
2265 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2266 none exists. */
2267 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2268 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2269 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2270
2271 if (bfdgot != NULL)
2272 g = bfdgot->g;
2273 else
2274 {
2275 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2276 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2277
2278 if (bfdgot == NULL)
2279 {
2280 arg->obfd = 0;
2281 return 0;
2282 }
2283
2284 *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
2285
2286 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2287 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2288 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2289 if (g == NULL)
2290 {
2291 arg->obfd = 0;
2292 return 0;
2293 }
2294
2295 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2296 g->global_gotno = 0;
2297 g->local_gotno = 0;
2298 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2299 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2300 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2301 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2302 {
2303 arg->obfd = 0;
2304 return 0;
2305 }
2306
2307 g->bfd2got = NULL;
2308 g->next = NULL;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2312 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2313 if (*entryp != NULL)
2314 return 1;
2315
2316 *entryp = entry;
2317
2318 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2319 ++g->local_gotno;
2320 else
2321 ++g->global_gotno;
2322
2323 return 1;
2324}
2325
2326/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2327 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2328 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2329 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2330 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2331 and then make make the new got current. */
2332
2333static int
2334mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
2335{
2336 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2337 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2338 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2339 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2340 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2341 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2342
2343 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2344 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2345 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2346 {
2347 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2348 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2349 }
2350 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2351 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2352 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2353 else if (arg->primary
2354 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2355 {
2356 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2357 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2358 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2359
2360 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2361
2362 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2363 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2364 arg);
2365 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2366 return 0;
2367
2368 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2369 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2370 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2371 table anyway. */
2372
2373 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
2374 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2375
2376 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2377 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2378 }
2379 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2380 else if (arg->current
2381 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2382 {
2383 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2384 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2385 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2386
2387 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2388
2389 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2390 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2391 arg);
2392 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2393 return 0;
2394
2395 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2396
2397 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2399
2400 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2401 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2402 }
2403 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2404 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2405 overflows anyway. */
2406 else
2407 {
2408 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2409 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2410
2411 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2412 }
2413
2414 return 1;
2415}
2416
2417/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2418 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2419 got) to the given VALUE.
2420
2421 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2422 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2423 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2424 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2425 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2426 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2427 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2428 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2429 stub. */
2430static int
2431mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
2432{
2433 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2434 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2435 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2436 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2437
2438 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2439 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2440 {
2441 if (g)
2442 {
2443 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2444
2445 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2446 if (arg->info->shared
2447 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2448 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2449 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2450 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2451 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2452 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2456 }
2457
2458 return 1;
2459}
2460
2461/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2462 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2463static int
2464mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2465{
2466 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2467
2468 if (entry->abfd != NULL
2469 && entry->symndx == -1
2470 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2471 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2472
2473 return 1;
2474}
2475
2476/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2477 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2478 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2479 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2480 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2481 the traversal must be restarted. */
2482static int
2483mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
2484{
2485 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2486 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2487
2488 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2489 {
2490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2491
2492 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2493 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2494 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2495
2496 if (entry->d.h == h)
2497 return 1;
2498
2499 entry->d.h = h;
2500
2501 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2502 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2503 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2504 {
2505 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2506 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2507 if (! *entryp)
2508 *entryp = entry;
2509 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2510 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2511 process. */
2512 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2513 return 0;
2514 }
2515 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2516 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2517 }
2518
2519 return 1;
2520}
2521
2522/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2523 locations. */
2524static void
2525mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
2526{
2527 htab_t got_entries;
2528
2529 do
2530 {
2531 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2532
2533 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2534 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2535 &got_entries);
2536 }
2537 while (got_entries == NULL);
2538}
2539
2540/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2541 the primary GOT. */
2542static bfd_vma
2543mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2544{
2545 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2546 return 0;
2547
2548 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2549 if (! g)
2550 return 0;
2551
2552 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2553
2554 g = g->next;
2555
2556 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2557}
2558
2559/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2560 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2561
2562static bfd_boolean
2563mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2564 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
2565 bfd_size_type pages)
2566{
2567 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2568 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2569 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2570 unsigned int assign;
2571
2572 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2573 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
2574 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2575 return FALSE;
2576
2577 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2578 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2579 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2580
2581 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2582 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2583 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2584 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2585 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2586 return FALSE;
2587
2588 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2589 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2590 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2591 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2592 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2593 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2594 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2595 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2596
2597 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2598 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2599 to be the primary GOT. */
2600 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2601 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2602 return FALSE;
2603
2604 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2605 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2606 {
2607 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2608 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2609 if (g->next == NULL)
2610 return FALSE;
2611
2612 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2613 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2614 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2615 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2616 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2617 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2618 NULL);
2619 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2620 return FALSE;
2621 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2622 }
2623 else
2624 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2625 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2626
2627 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2628 gg = g;
2629 g = g->next;
2630
2631 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2632 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2633 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2634 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2635 list. */
2636 {
2637 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2638 void **bfdgotp;
2639
2640 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2641 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2642
2643 if (bfdgot == NULL)
2644 return FALSE;
2645
2646 bfdgot->bfd = abfd;
2647 bfdgot->g = g;
2648 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2649
2650 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2651 *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
2652 }
2653
2654 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2655 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2656 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2657 referenced.
2658
2659 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2660 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2661 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2662 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2663 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2664 follows IRIX's practice.
2665
2666 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2667 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2668 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2669 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2670 preserved. */
2671 if (1)
2672 {
2673 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2674 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2675 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2676 }
2677 else
2678 {
2679 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2680 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2681 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2682 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2683 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2684 their entries can be omitted. */
2685 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2686 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2690 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2691 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2692 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2693 &set_got_offset_arg);
2694 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2695 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2696 &set_got_offset_arg);
2697 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2698 return FALSE;
2699
2700 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2701 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2702 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2703 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2704 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2705 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2706 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2707 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2708 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2709 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2710 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2711 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2712 points back to the master GOT. */
2713 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2714 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2715 assign = 0;
2716 gg->next = gg;
2717
2718 do
2719 {
2720 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2721
2722 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2723 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2724 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2725 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2726
2727 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2728 list that gg points to. */
2729 gn = g->next;
2730 g->next = gg->next;
2731 gg->next = g;
2732 g = gn;
2733
2734 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2735 stubs. */
2736 if (g)
2737 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
2738 }
2739 while (g);
2740
2741 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2742 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2743
2744 return TRUE;
2745}
2746
2747
2748/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2749 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2750
2751static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2752mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
2753 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2754 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
2755{
2756 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2757 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2758 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2759 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2760 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2761 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2762 while (relocation < relend)
2763 {
2764 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2765 return relocation;
2766
2767 ++relocation;
2768 }
2769
2770 /* We didn't find it. */
2771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2772 return NULL;
2773}
2774
2775/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2776
2777static bfd_boolean
2778mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
2779 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2780 asection **local_sections,
2781 bfd_boolean check_forced)
2782{
2783 unsigned long r_symndx;
2784 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2786 size_t extsymoff;
2787
2788 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2789 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2790 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2791
2792 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2793 return TRUE;
2794 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2795 return TRUE;
2796
2797 if (check_forced)
2798 {
2799 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2800 was forced local. */
2801 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2802 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2803 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2804 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2806 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2807 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2808 return TRUE;
2809 }
2810
2811 return FALSE;
2812}
2813
2814/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2815
2816bfd_vma
2817_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2818{
2819 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2820 /* VALUE is negative. */
2821 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2822
2823 return value;
2824}
2825
2826/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2827 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2828 BITS. */
2829
2830static bfd_boolean
2831mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2832{
2833 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2834
2835 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2836 /* The value is too big. */
2837 return TRUE;
2838 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2839 /* The value is too small. */
2840 return TRUE;
2841
2842 /* All is well. */
2843 return FALSE;
2844}
2845
2846/* Calculate the %high function. */
2847
2848static bfd_vma
2849mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
2850{
2851 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2852}
2853
2854/* Calculate the %higher function. */
2855
2856static bfd_vma
2857mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2858{
2859#ifdef BFD64
2860 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2861#else
2862 abort ();
2863 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2864#endif
2865}
2866
2867/* Calculate the %highest function. */
2868
2869static bfd_vma
2870mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2871{
2872#ifdef BFD64
2873 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2874#else
2875 abort ();
2876 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2877#endif
2878}
2879
2880/* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2881
2882static bfd_boolean
2883mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2884 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2885{
2886 flagword flags;
2887 register asection *s;
2888
2889 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2890 {
2891 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2892 | SEC_READONLY);
2893
2894 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2895 if (s == NULL
2896 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2898 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2899 return FALSE;
2900
2901 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2902 }
2903
2904 return TRUE;
2905}
2906
2907/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2908
2909static bfd_boolean
2910mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2911 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
2912{
2913 flagword flags;
2914 register asection *s;
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2916 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2917 struct mips_got_info *g;
2918 bfd_size_type amt;
2919
2920 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2921 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2922 if (s)
2923 {
2924 if (! maybe_exclude)
2925 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2926 return TRUE;
2927 }
2928
2929 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2931
2932 if (maybe_exclude)
2933 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2934
2935 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2936 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2937 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2938 if (s == NULL
2939 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2940 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2941 return FALSE;
2942
2943 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2944 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2945 are not creating a global offset table. */
2946 bh = NULL;
2947 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2948 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2949 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2950 return FALSE;
2951
2952 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2953 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2954 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2955 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2956
2957 if (info->shared
2958 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2959 return FALSE;
2960
2961 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2962 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2963 if (g == NULL)
2964 return FALSE;
2965 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2966 g->global_gotno = 0;
2967 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2968 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2969 g->bfd2got = NULL;
2970 g->next = NULL;
2971 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2972 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2973 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2974 return FALSE;
2975 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2976 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2977 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2978
2979 return TRUE;
2980}
2981
2982/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2983 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2984 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2985
2986 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2987 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2988 relocation must be JALX.
2989
2990 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2991 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2992 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2993 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2994
2995static bfd_reloc_status_type
2996mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
2997 asection *input_section,
2998 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2999 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3000 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3001 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3002 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3003 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3004 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3005{
3006 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3007 bfd_vma value;
3008 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3009 occurring. */
3010 bfd_vma symbol = 0;
3011 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3012 shared object file being produced. */
3013 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3014 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3015 relocated. */
3016 bfd_vma p;
3017 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3018 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3019 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3020 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3021 during execution. */
3022 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3023 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3024 located. */
3025 asection *sec = NULL;
3026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3027 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3028 symbol. */
3029 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3030 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3031 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3032 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3033 size_t extsymoff;
3034 unsigned long r_symndx;
3035 int r_type;
3036 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3037 relocation value. */
3038 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3039 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3040 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3041
3042 /* Parse the relocation. */
3043 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3044 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3045 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3046 + input_section->output_offset
3047 + relocation->r_offset);
3048
3049 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3050 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3051
3052 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3053 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3054 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3055 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3056 local_sections, FALSE);
3057 was_local_p = local_p;
3058 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3059 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3060 else
3061 {
3062 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3063 must come before globals. */
3064 extsymoff = 0;
3065 }
3066
3067 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3068 if (local_p)
3069 {
3070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3071
3072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3074
3075 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3076 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3077 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3078 symbol += sym->st_value;
3079 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3081 {
3082 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3083 addend -= symbol;
3084 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3085 }
3086
3087 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3088 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3089 ++symbol;
3090
3091 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3092 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3093 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3094 sym->st_name);
3095 if (*namep == '\0')
3096 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3097
3098 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3099 }
3100 else
3101 {
3102 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3103
3104 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3105 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3106 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3107 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3108 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3109 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3110 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3111
3112 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3113 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3114
3115 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3116 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3117 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3118 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3119 {
3120 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3121 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3122 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3123 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3124
3125 gp_disp_p = TRUE;
3126 }
3127 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3128 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3129 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3130 its defined. */
3131 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3132 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3133 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3134 {
3135 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3136 if (sec->output_section)
3137 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3138 + sec->output_section->vma
3139 + sec->output_offset);
3140 else
3141 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3142 }
3143 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3144 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3145 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3146 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3147 addresses. */
3148 symbol = 0;
3149 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3151 symbol = 0;
3152 else if (strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3153 strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3154 {
3155 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3156 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3157 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3158 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3159 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3160 somehow as well. */
3161 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3162 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3163 symbol = 0;
3164 }
3165 else
3166 {
3167 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3168 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3169 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3170 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
3171 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
3172 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3173 symbol = 0;
3174 }
3175
3176 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3177 }
3178
3179 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3180 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3181 a stub. */
3182 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3183 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3184 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3185 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3186 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3187 {
3188 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3189 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3190 stub. */
3191 if (local_p)
3192 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3193 else
3194 {
3195 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3196 sec = h->fn_stub;
3197 }
3198
3199 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3200 }
3201 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3202 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3203 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3204 && h != NULL
3205 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3206 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3207 {
3208 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3209 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3210 file. */
3211 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3212 {
3213 asection *o;
3214
3215 sec = NULL;
3216 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3217 {
3218 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3219 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3220 {
3221 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3222 break;
3223 }
3224 }
3225 if (sec == NULL)
3226 sec = h->call_stub;
3227 }
3228 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3229 sec = h->call_stub;
3230 else
3231 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3232
3233 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3234 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3235 }
3236
3237 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3238 special jalx instruction. */
3239 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
3240 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3241 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3242
3243 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3244 local_sections, TRUE);
3245
3246 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3247 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3248 switch (r_type)
3249 {
3250 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3251 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3252 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3253 bind locally. */
3254 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
3255 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
3256 break;
3257 /* Fall through. */
3258
3259 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
3260 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
3261 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3262 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3263 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3264 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3265 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3266 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3267 if (!local_p)
3268 {
3269 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3270 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3271 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3272 as GOT_OFST. */
3273 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3274 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3275 input_bfd,
3276 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3277 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3278 || (info->shared
3279 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3280 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3281 {
3282 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3283 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3284 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3285 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3286 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3287 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
3288 }
3289 }
3290 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3291 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3292 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3293 break;
3294 else
3295 {
3296 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3297 info, symbol + addend);
3298 if (g == MINUS_ONE)
3299 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3303 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3304 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3305 break;
3306
3307 case R_MIPS_HI16:
3308 case R_MIPS_LO16:
3309 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3310 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3311 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3312 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3313 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3314 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3315 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3316 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3317 mips_elf_got_info
3318 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3319 input_bfd);
3320 break;
3321
3322 default:
3323 break;
3324 }
3325
3326 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3327 switch (r_type)
3328 {
3329 case R_MIPS_NONE:
3330 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3331
3332 case R_MIPS_16:
3333 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3334 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3335 break;
3336
3337 case R_MIPS_32:
3338 case R_MIPS_REL32:
3339 case R_MIPS_64:
3340 if ((info->shared
3341 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3342 && h != NULL
3343 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3344 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3345 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3346 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3347 && r_symndx != 0
3348 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3349 {
3350 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3351 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3352 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3353 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3354 linker. */
3355 value = addend;
3356 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3357 info,
3358 relocation,
3359 h,
3360 sec,
3361 symbol,
3362 &value,
3363 input_section))
3364 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3365 }
3366 else
3367 {
3368 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3369 value = symbol + addend;
3370 else
3371 value = addend;
3372 }
3373 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case R_MIPS_PC32:
3377 case R_MIPS_PC64:
3378 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3379 value = symbol + addend - p;
3380 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3381 break;
3382
3383 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3384 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
3385 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3386 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3387 break;
3388
3389 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3390 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3391 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3392 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3393 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3394 the comment there for more information. */
3395 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3396 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3397 break;
3398
3399 case R_MIPS16_26:
3400 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3401 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3402 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3403 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3404 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3405 case R_MIPS_26:
3406 if (local_p)
3407 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3408 else
3409 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3410 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3411 break;
3412
3413 case R_MIPS_HI16:
3414 if (!gp_disp_p)
3415 {
3416 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3417 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3418 }
3419 else
3420 {
3421 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3422 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3423 }
3424 break;
3425
3426 case R_MIPS_LO16:
3427 if (!gp_disp_p)
3428 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3429 else
3430 {
3431 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3432 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3433 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3434 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3435 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3436 this:
3437
3438 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3439 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3440 addu $gp,$gp,$t9
3441
3442 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3443 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3444 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3445 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3446 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3447 not check for overflow here. */
3448 }
3449 break;
3450
3451 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3452 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3453 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3454 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3455 here. */
3456
3457 /* Fall through. */
3458
3459 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3460 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3461 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3462 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3463 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3464 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3465 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3466 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3467 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3468 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3469 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3470 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3471 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3472 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3473 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3474 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3475 to them before. */
3476 if (was_local_p)
3477 value += gp0;
3478 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3479 break;
3480
3481 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
3482 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
3483 if (local_p)
3484 {
3485 bfd_boolean forced;
3486
3487 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3488 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3489 follows. */
3490 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3491 local_sections, FALSE);
3492 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3493 symbol + addend, forced);
3494 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3495 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3496 value
3497 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3498 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3499 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3500 break;
3501 }
3502
3503 /* Fall through. */
3504
3505 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3506 got_disp:
3507 value = g;
3508 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3509 break;
3510
3511 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3512 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3513 if (!save_addend)
3514 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3515 break;
3516
3517 case R_MIPS_PC16:
3518 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3519 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3520 break;
3521
3522 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3524 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3525 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3526 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3527 value = g;
3528 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3529 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3530 break;
3531
3532 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3533 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3534 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3535 break;
3536
3537 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3538 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3539 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3540 0. */
3541 if (! local_p)
3542 goto got_disp;
3543 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3544 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3546 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3547 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3548 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3549 break;
3550
3551 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3552 if (local_p)
3553 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3554 else
3555 value = addend;
3556 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3557 break;
3558
3559 case R_MIPS_SUB:
3560 value = symbol - addend;
3561 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3562 break;
3563
3564 case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
3565 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3566 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3567 break;
3568
3569 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3570 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3571 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3572 break;
3573
3574 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3575 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3576 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3577 break;
3578
3579 case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
3580 case R_MIPS_JALR:
3581 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3582 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3583 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3584
3585 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3586 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3587 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3588 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3589
3590 default:
3591 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3592 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3593 }
3594
3595 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3596 *valuep = value;
3597 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3598}
3599
3600/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3601
3602static bfd_vma
3603mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
3604 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3605 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
3606{
3607 bfd_vma x;
3608 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3609
3610 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3611 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3612
3613 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3614 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3615 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3616 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3617 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3618 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3619
3620 return x;
3621}
3622
3623/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3624 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3625 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3626 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3627 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3628 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3629
3630 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3631
3632static bfd_boolean
3633mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3634 reloc_howto_type *howto,
3635 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3636 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
3637 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
3638 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
3639{
3640 bfd_vma x;
3641 bfd_byte *location;
3642 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3643
3644 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3645 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3646
3647 /* Obtain the current value. */
3648 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3649
3650 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3651 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3652
3653 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3654 value in a funny way. */
3655 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3656 {
3657 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3658 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3659 are 32 bits.
3660
3661 The format of these instructions is:
3662
3663 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3664 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3665 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3666 ! Immediate 15:0 !
3667 +-----------------------------------------------+
3668
3669 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3670 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3671
3672 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3673 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3674 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3675 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3676 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3677 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3678 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3679 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3680 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3681 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3682 instruction.
3683
3684 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3685 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3686 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3687 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3688 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3689 value as two 16-bit values.
3690
3691 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3692 defined as
3693
3694 big-endian:
3695 +--------+----------------------+
3696 | | |
3697 | | targ26-16 |
3698 |31 26|25 0|
3699 +--------+----------------------+
3700
3701 little-endian:
3702 +----------+------+-------------+
3703 | | | |
3704 | sub1 | | sub2 |
3705 |0 9|10 15|16 31|
3706 +----------+--------------------+
3707 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3708 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3709
3710 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3711 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3712 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3713 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3714 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3715
3716 if (!info->relocatable)
3717 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3718 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3719 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3720 | (value & 0xffff));
3721 }
3722 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3723 {
3724 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3725 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3726
3727 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3728 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3729 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3730 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3731 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3732
3733 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3734 opcode.
3735
3736 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3737 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3738 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3739
3740 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3741 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3742 little-endian system. */
3743 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3744 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3745 | (value & 0x1f));
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Set the field. */
3749 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3750
3751 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3752 if (require_jalx)
3753 {
3754 bfd_boolean ok;
3755 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3756 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3757
3758 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3759 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3760 {
3761 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3762 jalx_opcode = 0x7;
3763 }
3764 else
3765 {
3766 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3767 jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
3768 }
3769
3770 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3771 if (!ok)
3772 {
3773 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3774 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3775 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3776 input_section->name,
3777 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3779 return FALSE;
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3783 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3787 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3788 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3789 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3790 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3791
3792 /* Put the value into the output. */
3793 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3794 return TRUE;
3795}
3796
3797/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3798
3799static bfd_boolean
3800mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
3801{
3802 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3803
3804 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3805 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3806 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3807}
3808
3809/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3810
3811static void
3812mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
3813{
3814 asection *s;
3815
3816 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3817 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3818
3819 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3820 {
3821 /* Make room for a null element. */
3822 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3823 ++s->reloc_count;
3824 }
3825 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3826}
3827
3828/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3829 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3830 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3831 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3832
3833static bfd_boolean
3834mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3835 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3836 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3838 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
3839 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
3840{
3841 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3842 bfd_boolean skip;
3843 asection *sreloc;
3844 bfd *dynobj;
3845 int r_type;
3846
3847 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3848 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3849 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3850 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3852 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3853 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3854
3855 skip = FALSE;
3856 outrel[0].r_offset =
3857 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3858 outrel[1].r_offset =
3859 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3860 outrel[2].r_offset =
3861 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3862
3863#if 0
3864 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3865 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3866 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3867 if (input_section->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3868 {
3869 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3870 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3871 }
3872 else
3873 {
3874 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3875 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3876 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3877 machinery tell us the offset. */
3878 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3879 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3880 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3881 -1. */
3882 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3883 skip = TRUE;
3884 }
3885#endif
3886
3887 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3888 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3889 skip = TRUE;
3890 else if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3891 {
3892 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3893 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3894 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3895 skip = TRUE;
3896 *addendp += symbol;
3897 }
3898
3899 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3900 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3901 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3902 if (skip)
3903 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3904 else
3905 {
3906 long indx;
3907 bfd_boolean defined_p;
3908
3909 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3910 in the relocation. */
3911 if (h != NULL
3912 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3913 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
3914 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3915 become local. */
3916 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
3917 {
3918 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3919 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3920 defined_p = ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3921 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0);
3922 else
3923 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3924 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3925 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3926 undefined symbols. */
3927 defined_p = FALSE;
3928 }
3929 else
3930 {
3931 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3932 indx = 0;
3933 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3934 {
3935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3936 return FALSE;
3937 }
3938 else
3939 {
3940 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3941 if (indx == 0)
3942 abort ();
3943 }
3944
3945 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3946 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3947 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3948 local symbols because we used to generate them
3949 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3950 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3951 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3952 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3953 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3954 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3955 as well. */
3956 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3957 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3958 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3959 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3960 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3961 indx = 0;
3962 defined_p = TRUE;
3963 }
3964
3965 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3966 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3967 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3968 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3969 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3970 *addendp += symbol;
3971
3972 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3973 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3974 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3975 R_MIPS_REL32);
3976 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3977 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3978 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3979 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3980 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3981 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3982 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3983 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3984 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3985 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3986 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3987 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3988 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
3989 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3990 ? R_MIPS_64
3991 : R_MIPS_NONE);
3992 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
3993
3994 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3995 correct location in the output file. */
3996 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3997 + input_section->output_offset);
3998 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3999 + input_section->output_offset);
4000 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4001 + input_section->output_offset);
4002 }
4003
4004 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4005 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4006 relocation format is non-standard. */
4007 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4008 {
4009 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4010 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4011 (sreloc->contents
4012 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4013 }
4014 else
4015 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4016 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4017 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4018
4019 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4020 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4021
4022 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4023 will be writing to it. */
4024 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4025 |= SHF_WRITE;
4026
4027 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4028 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4029 {
4030 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4031 bfd_byte *cr;
4032
4033 if (scpt)
4034 {
4035 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4036
4037 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4038 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4039 + input_section->output_section->vma
4040 + input_section->output_offset);
4041 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4042 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4043 else
4044 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4045 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4046 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4047
4048 cr = (scpt->contents
4049 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4050 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4051 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4052 + scpt->reloc_count));
4053 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4054 }
4055 }
4056
4057 return TRUE;
4058}
4059
4060/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4061
4062unsigned long
4063_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4064{
4065 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4066 {
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4069
4070 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4071 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4072
4073 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4074 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4075
4076 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4078
4079 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4080 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4081
4082 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4084
4085 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4086 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4087
4088 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4090
| 27
28/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
29
30#include "bfd.h"
31#include "sysdep.h"
32#include "libbfd.h"
33#include "libiberty.h"
34#include "elf-bfd.h"
35#include "elfxx-mips.h"
36#include "elf/mips.h"
37
38/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
39#include "coff/sym.h"
40#include "coff/symconst.h"
41#include "coff/ecoff.h"
42#include "coff/mips.h"
43
44#include "hashtab.h"
45
46/* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
47 sizes. */
48struct mips_got_entry
49{
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
51 bfd *abfd;
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
54 long symndx;
55 union
56 {
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
58 bfd_vma address;
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
61 bfd_vma addend;
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
64 h->forced_local). */
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
66 } d;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
70 long gotidx;
71};
72
73/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
74
75struct mips_got_info
76{
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
78 symbol table. */
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
90 struct htab *bfd2got;
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
94};
95
96/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
97
98struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
99 bfd *bfd;
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
101};
102
103/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
105
106struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
107{
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
109 htab_t bfd2got;
110 /* The output bfd. */
111 bfd *obfd;
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
116 DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
119 gots. */
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
122 16-bit offset. */
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
128};
129
130/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
131
132struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
133{
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
135 int value;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
138};
139
140struct _mips_elf_section_data
141{
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
143 union
144 {
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
146 bfd_byte *tdata;
147 } u;
148};
149
150#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
152
153/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
155
156struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
157{
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
159 index. */
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
162 with a GOT entry. */
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx;
171};
172
173/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
175
176struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
177{
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
179
180 /* External symbol information. */
181 EXTR esym;
182
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
184 this symbol. */
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
186
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
190
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
194 p. 4-20. */
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
196
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
199 asection *fn_stub;
200
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
204
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
207 asection *call_stub;
208
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection *call_fp_stub;
212
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local;
215};
216
217/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
218
219struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
220{
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
222#if 0
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
226#endif
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
235 bfd_vma rld_value;
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
238};
239
240/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
241
242struct extsym_info
243{
244 bfd *abfd;
245 struct bfd_link_info *info;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
248 bfd_boolean failed;
249};
250
251/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
252
253static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
254{
255 "_procedure_table",
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
258 NULL
259};
260
261/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
262 IRIX5. */
263
264typedef struct
265{
266 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
272} Elf32_compact_rel;
273
274typedef struct
275{
276 bfd_byte id1[4];
277 bfd_byte num[4];
278 bfd_byte id2[4];
279 bfd_byte offset[4];
280 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
282} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
283
284typedef struct
285{
286 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
292} Elf32_crinfo;
293
294typedef struct
295{
296 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
301} Elf32_crinfo2;
302
303typedef struct
304{
305 bfd_byte info[4];
306 bfd_byte konst[4];
307 bfd_byte vaddr[4];
308} Elf32_External_crinfo;
309
310typedef struct
311{
312 bfd_byte info[4];
313 bfd_byte konst[4];
314} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
315
316/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
317
318#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
326
327/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
332
333/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
335
336 (type) (konst)
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
341 */
342
343#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
347
348#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
352
353/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
355
356typedef struct runtime_pdr {
357 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
366 long reserved;
367 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
368} RPDR, *pRPDR;
369#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
371
372static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
374static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *);
376static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info *);
379static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
381static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *);
383static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *);
385static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *);
387static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *);
389static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
395static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397static asection *mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
399static asection *mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
401static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd *, asection **);
403static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
404 (bfd *abfd);
405static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
406 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
407static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
408 (bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
409static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
410 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *);
411static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
412 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean);
413static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
414 (bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma);
415static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
416 (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
417static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
418 (struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long);
419static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
420 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
421static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
422 (bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *);
423static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
424 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
425 struct mips_got_info *);
426static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
427 (bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *);
428static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
429 (bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean);
430static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
431 (bfd_vma, int);
432static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
433 (bfd_vma);
434static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
435 (bfd_vma);
436static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
437 (bfd_vma);
438static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
439 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
440static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
441 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean);
442static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
443 (bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
444 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
445 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
446 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean);
447static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
448 (reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *);
449static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
450 (struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
451 bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean);
452static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
453 (bfd *, asection *);
454static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
455 (bfd *, unsigned int);
456static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
457 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
459 bfd_vma *, asection *);
460static void mips_set_isa_flags
461 (bfd *);
462static INLINE char *elf_mips_abi_name
463 (bfd *);
464static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
465 (bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *);
466static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
467 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
468static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
469 (flagword);
470static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
471 (bfd_vma);
472static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
473 (const void *);
474static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
475 (const void *, const void *);
476
477static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type);
480static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
481 (const void *);
482static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
483 (const void *, const void *);
484static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
485 (const void *);
486static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
487 (const void *, const void *);
488static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
489 (void **, void *);
490static int mips_elf_merge_gots
491 (void **, void *);
492static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
493 (void **, void *);
494static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
495 (void **, void *);
496static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
497 (void **, void *);
498static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
499 (struct mips_got_info *);
500static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
501 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
502static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
503 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
504
505/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
506static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
507
508/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
509
510#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
511 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
512
513/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
514#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
515 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
516
517/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
518#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
519
520/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
521#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
522 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
523
524/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
525#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
526 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
527
528/* The name of the options section. */
529#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
530 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
531
532/* The name of the stub section. */
533#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
534
535/* The size of an external REL relocation. */
536#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
537 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
538
539/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
540#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
541 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
542
543/* The size of a GOT entry. */
544#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
545 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
546
547/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
548#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
549 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
550
551/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
552#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
553 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
554
555/* Get word-sized data. */
556#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
557 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
558
559/* Put out word-sized data. */
560#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
561 (ABI_64_P (abfd) \
562 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
563 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
564
565/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
566#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
567 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
568
569#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
571
572/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
588
589/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
592
593/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595
596/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598
599/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 offsets from $gp. */
601#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602
603/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
604#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
610 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
611 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
612#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
613#define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
615 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
616 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
617#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618
619/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
620 section. */
621
622#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
623 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
624 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
625 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
626
627#ifdef BFD64
628#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
630#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
632#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
634#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
635 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636#else
637#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
638#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
640#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
642#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
643 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
644#endif
645
646 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
647 floating point arguments.
648
649 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
650 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
651 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
652 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
653 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
654 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
655 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
656 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657
658 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
659 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
660 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
661 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
662 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
663 stub should be discarded.
664
665 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
666 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
667 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
668 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
669 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
670 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
671 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
672 $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
673
674 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
675 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
676 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677
678 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679
680#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
681#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
682#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683
684/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685
686#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
687 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
688 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
689 (copy), (follow)))
690
691/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692
693#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
694 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (&(table)->root, \
696 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
697 (info)))
698
699/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700
701#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
702 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703
704/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705
706static struct bfd_hash_entry *
707mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
708 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
709{
710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
711 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
712
713 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 subclass. */
715 if (ret == NULL)
716 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
717 if (ret == NULL)
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
719
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
723 table, string));
724 if (ret != NULL)
725 {
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret->esym.ifd = -2;
731 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
732 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
733 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
734 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
735 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
736 ret->call_stub = NULL;
737 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
738 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
739 }
740
741 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
742}
743
744bfd_boolean
745_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
746{
747 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
748 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
749
750 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
751 if (sdata == NULL)
752 return FALSE;
753 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
754
755 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
756}
757
758/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
759 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
760
761bfd_boolean
762_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
763 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
764{
765 HDRR *symhdr;
766 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
767 char *ext_hdr;
768
769 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
770 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
771
772 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
773 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
774 goto error_return;
775
776 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
777 swap->external_hdr_size))
778 goto error_return;
779
780 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
781 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
782
783 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 read. */
785#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
786 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
787 debug->ptr = NULL; \
788 else \
789 { \
790 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
791 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
792 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 goto error_return; \
794 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
795 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
796 goto error_return; \
797 }
798
799 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
800 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
801 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
802 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
803 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
804 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
805 union aux_ext *);
806 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
808 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
809 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
810 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
811#undef READ
812
813 debug->fdr = NULL;
814 debug->adjust = NULL;
815
816 return TRUE;
817
818 error_return:
819 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
820 free (ext_hdr);
821 if (debug->line != NULL)
822 free (debug->line);
823 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
824 free (debug->external_dnr);
825 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
826 free (debug->external_pdr);
827 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
828 free (debug->external_sym);
829 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_opt);
831 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
832 free (debug->external_aux);
833 if (debug->ss != NULL)
834 free (debug->ss);
835 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
836 free (debug->ssext);
837 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_fdr);
839 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
840 free (debug->external_rfd);
841 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
842 free (debug->external_ext);
843 return FALSE;
844}
845
846/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847
848static void
849ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
850{
851 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
855 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
856 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
857
858 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
859 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
860
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
862#if 0 /* FIXME */
863 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
864#endif
865}
866
867/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868
869static bfd_boolean
870mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
871 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
872 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
873{
874 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
875 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
876 RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
877 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
878 void *rtproc;
879 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
880 struct sym_ext *esym;
881 char *ss, **sv;
882 char *str;
883 bfd_size_type size;
884 bfd_size_type count;
885 unsigned long sindex;
886 unsigned long i;
887 PDR pdr;
888 SYMR sym;
889 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
890
891 epdr = NULL;
892 rpdr = NULL;
893 esym = NULL;
894 ss = NULL;
895 sv = NULL;
896
897 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
898
899 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
900 count = hdr->ipdMax;
901 if (count > 0)
902 {
903 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
904
905 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
906 if (epdr == NULL)
907 goto error_return;
908
909 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
910 goto error_return;
911
912 size = sizeof (RPDR);
913 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
914 if (rpdr == NULL)
915 goto error_return;
916
917 size = sizeof (char *);
918 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
919 if (sv == NULL)
920 goto error_return;
921
922 count = hdr->isymMax;
923 size = swap->external_sym_size;
924 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
925 if (esym == NULL)
926 goto error_return;
927
928 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
929 goto error_return;
930
931 count = hdr->issMax;
932 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
933 if (ss == NULL)
934 goto error_return;
935 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, ss))
936 goto error_return;
937
938 count = hdr->ipdMax;
939 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
940 {
941 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
942 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
943 rp->adr = sym.value;
944 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
945 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
946 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
947 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
948 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
949 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
950 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
951 rp->irpss = sindex;
952 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
953 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
954 }
955 }
956
957 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
958 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
959 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
960 if (rtproc == NULL)
961 {
962 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
963 goto error_return;
964 }
965
966 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
967
968 erp = rtproc;
969 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
970 erp++;
971 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
972 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
973 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
974 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
975 {
976 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
977 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
978 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
979 }
980 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
981
982 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
983 s->_raw_size = size;
984 s->contents = rtproc;
985
986 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
987 matters, but someday it might). */
988 s->link_order_head = NULL;
989
990 if (epdr != NULL)
991 free (epdr);
992 if (rpdr != NULL)
993 free (rpdr);
994 if (esym != NULL)
995 free (esym);
996 if (ss != NULL)
997 free (ss);
998 if (sv != NULL)
999 free (sv);
1000
1001 return TRUE;
1002
1003 error_return:
1004 if (epdr != NULL)
1005 free (epdr);
1006 if (rpdr != NULL)
1007 free (rpdr);
1008 if (esym != NULL)
1009 free (esym);
1010 if (ss != NULL)
1011 free (ss);
1012 if (sv != NULL)
1013 free (sv);
1014 return FALSE;
1015}
1016
1017/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1018 discard them. */
1019
1020static bfd_boolean
1021mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1023{
1024 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1025 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1026
1027 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1028 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1029 {
1030 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1031 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1032 being included in the link. */
1033 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1034 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1035 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1036 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1037 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1038 }
1039
1040 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1041 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1042 {
1043 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1044 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1045 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1046 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1047 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1048 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1049 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1050 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1051 }
1052
1053 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1054 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1055 {
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1060 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1061 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1062 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1063 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1064 }
1065
1066 return TRUE;
1067}
1068
1069bfd_reloc_status_type
1070_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1071 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1072 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1073{
1074 bfd_vma relocation;
1075 bfd_signed_vma val;
1076 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1077
1078 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1079 relocation = 0;
1080 else
1081 relocation = symbol->value;
1082
1083 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1084 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1085
1086 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1087 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1088
1089 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1090 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1091
1092 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1093
1094 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1095 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1096 an external symbol. */
1097 if (! relocatable
1098 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1099 val += relocation - gp;
1100
1101 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1102 {
1103 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1104 (bfd_byte *) data
1105 + reloc_entry->address);
1106 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1107 return status;
1108 }
1109 else
1110 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1111
1112 if (relocatable)
1113 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1114
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1116}
1117
1118/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1119 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1120 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1121 INPUT_SECTION. */
1122
1123struct mips_hi16
1124{
1125 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1126 bfd_byte *data;
1127 asection *input_section;
1128 arelent rel;
1129};
1130
1131/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1132
1133static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1134
1135/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1136 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1137 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1138
1139 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1140 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1141 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1142 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1143
1144bfd_reloc_status_type
1145_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1146 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1147 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1148 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1149{
1150 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1151
1152 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1153 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1154
1155 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1156 if (n == NULL)
1157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1158
1159 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1160 n->data = data;
1161 n->input_section = input_section;
1162 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1163 mips_hi16_list = n;
1164
1165 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1166 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1167
1168 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1169}
1170
1171/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1172 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1173 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1174
1175bfd_reloc_status_type
1176_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1177 void *data, asection *input_section,
1178 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1179{
1180 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1181 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1182 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1183 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1184 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1185 input_section, output_bfd,
1186 error_message);
1187
1188 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1189 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1190}
1191
1192/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1193 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1194 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1195
1196bfd_reloc_status_type
1197_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1198 void *data, asection *input_section,
1199 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1200{
1201 bfd_vma vallo;
1202
1203 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1204 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1205
1206 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1207 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1208 {
1209 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1210 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1211
1212 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1213
1214 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1215 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1216 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1217 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1218 has a rightshift of 0. */
1219 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1220 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1221
1222 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1223 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1224 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1225
1226 /* R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 relocations are relative to the address of the
1227 lo16 relocation, not their own address. If we're calculating the
1228 final value, and hence subtracting the "PC", subtract the offset
1229 of the lo16 relocation from here. */
1230 if (output_bfd == NULL && hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
1231 hi->rel.addend -= reloc_entry->address - hi->rel.address;
1232
1233 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1234 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1235 error_message);
1236 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1237 return ret;
1238
1239 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1240 free (hi);
1241 }
1242
1243 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1244 input_section, output_bfd,
1245 error_message);
1246}
1247
1248/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1249 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1250 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1251
1252bfd_reloc_status_type
1253_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1254 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1255 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1256 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1257{
1258 bfd_signed_vma val;
1259 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1260 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1261
1262 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1263
1264 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1265 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1266
1267 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1268 val = 0;
1269 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1270 {
1271 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1272 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1273 offset or address. */
1274 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1275 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1276 }
1277
1278 if (!relocatable)
1279 {
1280 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1281 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1282 val += symbol->value;
1283 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1284 {
1285 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1286 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1287 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1288 }
1289 }
1290
1291 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1292 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1293 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1294 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1295 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1296 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1297 else
1298 {
1299 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1300 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1301
1302 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1303 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1304 (bfd_byte *) data
1305 + reloc_entry->address);
1306 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1307 return status;
1308 }
1309
1310 if (relocatable)
1311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1312
1313 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1314}
1315
1316/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1317 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1318
1319static void
1320bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1321 Elf32_gptab *in)
1322{
1323 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1324 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1325}
1326
1327static void
1328bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1329 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1330{
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1333}
1334
1335static void
1336bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1337 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1338{
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1341 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1342 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1343 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1344 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1345}
1346
1347static void
1348bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1349 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1350{
1351 unsigned long l;
1352
1353 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1354 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1355 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1356 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1357 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1358 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1360}
1361
1362/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1363 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1364 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1365
1366void
1367bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1368 Elf32_RegInfo *in)
1369{
1370 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1371 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1372 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1373 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1374 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1375 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1376}
1377
1378void
1379bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1380 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1381{
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1387 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1388}
1389
1390/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1391 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1392 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1393 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1394 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1395
1396void
1397bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1398 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1399{
1400 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1401 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1402 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1403 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1404 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1405 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1406 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1407}
1408
1409void
1410bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1411 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1412{
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1419 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1420}
1421
1422/* Swap in an options header. */
1423
1424void
1425bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1426 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1427{
1428 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1429 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1430 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1431 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1432}
1433
1434/* Swap out an options header. */
1435
1436void
1437bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1438 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1439{
1440 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1441 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1442 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1443 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1444}
1445
1446/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1447 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1448
1449static int
1450sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1451{
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1453 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1454
1455 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1456 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1457
1458 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1459}
1460
1461/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1462
1463static int
1464sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1465{
1466 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1467 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1468
1469 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1470 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1471 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1472 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1473
1474 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1475 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1476}
1477
1478
1479/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1480 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1481 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1482 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1483 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1484 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1485 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1486 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1487 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1488 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1489 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1490 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1491 when generating a final executable. */
1492
1493static bfd_boolean
1494mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1495{
1496 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1497 bfd_boolean strip;
1498 asection *sec, *output_section;
1499
1500 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1501 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1502
1503 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1504 strip = FALSE;
1505 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1506 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1507 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1508 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1509 strip = TRUE;
1510 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1511 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1512 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1513 h->root.root.root.string,
1514 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1515 strip = TRUE;
1516 else
1517 strip = FALSE;
1518
1519 if (strip)
1520 return TRUE;
1521
1522 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1523 {
1524 h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
1525 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1526 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1527 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1528 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1529 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1530 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1531
1532 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1533 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1534 {
1535 const char *name;
1536
1537 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1538 special symbols. */
1539 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1540 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1541 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1542 {
1543 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1544 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1545 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1546 }
1547 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1548 {
1549 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1550 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1551 h->esym.asym.value =
1552 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1553 }
1554 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1555 {
1556 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1557 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1558 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1559 }
1560 else
1561 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1562 }
1563 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1565 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1566 else
1567 {
1568 const char *name;
1569
1570 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1571 output_section = sec->output_section;
1572
1573 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1574 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1575 if (output_section == NULL)
1576 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1577 else
1578 {
1579 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1580
1581 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1582 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1583 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1584 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1585 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1586 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1587 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1588 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1589 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1590 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1591 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1592 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1593 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1594 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1595 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1596 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1597 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1598 else
1599 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1600 }
1601 }
1602
1603 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1604 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1605 }
1606
1607 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1608 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1609 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1610 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1611 {
1612 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1613 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1614 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1615 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1616
1617 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1618 output_section = sec->output_section;
1619 if (output_section != NULL)
1620 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1621 + sec->output_offset
1622 + output_section->vma);
1623 else
1624 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1625 }
1626 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1627 {
1628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1629 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1630
1631 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1632 {
1633 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1634 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1635 }
1636
1637 if (!no_fn_stub)
1638 {
1639 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1640 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1641 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1642 if (sec == NULL)
1643 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1644 else
1645 {
1646 output_section = sec->output_section;
1647 if (output_section != NULL)
1648 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1649 + sec->output_offset
1650 + output_section->vma);
1651 else
1652 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1653 }
1654#if 0 /* FIXME? */
1655 h->esym.ifd = 0;
1656#endif
1657 }
1658 }
1659
1660 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1661 h->root.root.root.string,
1662 &h->esym))
1663 {
1664 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1665 return FALSE;
1666 }
1667
1668 return TRUE;
1669}
1670
1671/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1672
1673static int
1674gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1675{
1676 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1677 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1678
1679 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1680}
1681
1682/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1683
1684/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1685 hash number. */
1686
1687static INLINE hashval_t
1688mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1689{
1690#ifdef BFD64
1691 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1692#else
1693 return addr;
1694#endif
1695}
1696
1697/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1698 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1699 union members. */
1700
1701static hashval_t
1702mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1703{
1704 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1705
1706 return entry->symndx
1707 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1708 : entry->abfd->id
1709 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1710 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1711}
1712
1713static int
1714mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1715{
1716 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1717 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1718
1719 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1720 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1721 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1722 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1723}
1724
1725/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1726 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1727 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1728 accordingly. */
1729
1730static hashval_t
1731mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1732{
1733 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1734
1735 return entry->symndx
1736 + (! entry->abfd
1737 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1738 : entry->symndx >= 0
1739 ? (entry->abfd->id
1740 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1741 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1742}
1743
1744static int
1745mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1746{
1747 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1748 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1749
1750 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1751 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1752 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1753 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1754 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1755}
1756
1757/* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1758
1759static asection *
1760mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
1761{
1762 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1763 asection *sreloc;
1764
1765 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1766 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1767 {
1768 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1769 if (sreloc == NULL
1770 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1771 (SEC_ALLOC
1772 | SEC_LOAD
1773 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
1774 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1775 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1776 | SEC_READONLY))
1777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1778 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
1779 return NULL;
1780 }
1781 return sreloc;
1782}
1783
1784/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1785
1786static asection *
1787mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
1788{
1789 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1790 if (sgot == NULL
1791 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1792 return NULL;
1793 return sgot;
1794}
1795
1796/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1797 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1798 section. */
1799
1800static struct mips_got_info *
1801mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
1802{
1803 asection *sgot;
1804 struct mips_got_info *g;
1805
1806 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1807 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1808 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1809 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1810 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1811
1812 if (sgotp)
1813 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1814
1815 return g;
1816}
1817
1818/* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1819 global GOT entry. */
1820static long
1821mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (bfd *abfd)
1822{
1823 asection *sgot;
1824 struct mips_got_info *g;
1825
1826 if (abfd == NULL)
1827 return 0;
1828
1829 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1830 if (sgot == NULL || mips_elf_section_data (sgot) == NULL)
1831 return 0;
1832
1833 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1834 if (g == NULL || g->global_gotsym == NULL)
1835 return 0;
1836
1837 return g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1838}
1839
1840/* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1841 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1842 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1843
1844static bfd_vma
1845mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1846 bfd_vma value)
1847{
1848 asection *sgot;
1849 struct mips_got_info *g;
1850 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1851
1852 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1853
1854 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1855 if (entry)
1856 return entry->gotidx;
1857 else
1858 return MINUS_ONE;
1859}
1860
1861/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1862
1863static bfd_vma
1864mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1865{
1866 bfd_vma index;
1867 asection *sgot;
1868 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1869 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1870
1871 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1872 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1873 {
1874 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1875
1876 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1877
1878 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1879 if (g->next != gg)
1880 {
1881 e.abfd = ibfd;
1882 e.symndx = -1;
1883 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1884
1885 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1886
1887 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1888 return p->gotidx;
1889 }
1890 }
1891
1892 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1893 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1894
1895 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1896 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1897 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1898 offset. */
1899 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1900 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1901 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1902 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1903
1904 return index;
1905}
1906
1907/* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1908 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1909 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1910 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1911 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1912
1913static bfd_vma
1914mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1915 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
1916{
1917 asection *sgot;
1918 struct mips_got_info *g;
1919 bfd_vma index;
1920 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1921
1922 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1923
1924 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1925 (value + 0x8000)
1926 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1927
1928 if (!entry)
1929 return MINUS_ONE;
1930
1931 index = entry->gotidx;
1932
1933 if (offsetp)
1934 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1935
1936 return index;
1937}
1938
1939/* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1940 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1941
1942static bfd_vma
1943mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1944 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
1945{
1946 asection *sgot;
1947 struct mips_got_info *g;
1948 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1949
1950 if (! external)
1951 {
1952 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1953 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1954 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1955 HI16/LO16 pair. */
1956 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1957 }
1958
1959 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1960
1961 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1962 if (entry)
1963 return entry->gotidx;
1964 else
1965 return MINUS_ONE;
1966}
1967
1968/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1969 in the GOT. */
1970
1971static bfd_vma
1972mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
1973 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
1974{
1975 asection *sgot;
1976 bfd_vma gp;
1977 struct mips_got_info *g;
1978
1979 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1980 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1981 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1982
1983 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1984}
1985
1986/* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1987 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1988
1989static struct mips_got_entry *
1990mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
1991 struct mips_got_info *gg,
1992 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
1993{
1994 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1995 struct mips_got_info *g;
1996
1997 entry.abfd = NULL;
1998 entry.symndx = -1;
1999 entry.d.address = value;
2000
2001 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2002 if (g == NULL)
2003 {
2004 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2005 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2006 }
2007
2008 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2009 INSERT);
2010 if (*loc)
2011 return *loc;
2012
2013 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2014
2015 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2016
2017 if (! *loc)
2018 return NULL;
2019
2020 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2021
2022 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2023 {
2024 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2025 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2026 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2027 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2029 return NULL;
2030 }
2031
2032 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2033 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2034
2035 return *loc;
2036}
2037
2038/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2039 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2040 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2041 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2043 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2044
2045static bfd_boolean
2046mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2047{
2048 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2049 struct mips_got_info *g;
2050 bfd *dynobj;
2051
2052 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2053
2054 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2055
2056 hsd.low = NULL;
2057 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2058 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2059 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2060 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2061 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2062 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2063 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2064 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2065 too large offsets. */
2066 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2067 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2068 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2069 elf_hash_table (info)),
2070 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2071 &hsd);
2072
2073 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2074 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2075 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2076 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2077 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2078
2079 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2080 table index in the GOT. */
2081 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2082
2083 return TRUE;
2084}
2085
2086/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2087 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2088 index. */
2089
2090static bfd_boolean
2091mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2092{
2093 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2094
2095 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2096 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2097
2098 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2099 at all. */
2100 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2101 return TRUE;
2102
2103 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2104 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2105 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2106 -1. */
2107 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2108 {
2109 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2110 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2111 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2112 }
2113 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2114 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2115 else
2116 {
2117 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2118 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2119 }
2120
2121 return TRUE;
2122}
2123
2124/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2125 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2126 posterity. */
2127
2128static bfd_boolean
2129mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2130 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2131 struct mips_got_info *g)
2132{
2133 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2134
2135 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2136 table. */
2137 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2138 {
2139 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2140 {
2141 case STV_INTERNAL:
2142 case STV_HIDDEN:
2143 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2144 break;
2145 }
2146 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2147 return FALSE;
2148 }
2149
2150 entry.abfd = abfd;
2151 entry.symndx = -1;
2152 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2153
2154 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2155 INSERT);
2156
2157 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2158 need to do it again. */
2159 if (*loc)
2160 return TRUE;
2161
2162 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2163
2164 if (! *loc)
2165 return FALSE;
2166
2167 entry.gotidx = -1;
2168 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2169
2170 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2171 return TRUE;
2172
2173 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2174 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2175 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2176 h->got.offset = 1;
2177
2178 return TRUE;
2179}
2180
2181/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2182 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2183
2184static bfd_boolean
2185mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2186 struct mips_got_info *g)
2187{
2188 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2189
2190 entry.abfd = abfd;
2191 entry.symndx = symndx;
2192 entry.d.addend = addend;
2193 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2194 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2195
2196 if (*loc)
2197 return TRUE;
2198
2199 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2200
2201 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2202
2203 if (! *loc)
2204 return FALSE;
2205
2206 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2207
2208 return TRUE;
2209}
2210
2211/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2212
2213static hashval_t
2214mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2215{
2216 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2217 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2218
2219 return entry->bfd->id;
2220}
2221
2222/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2223
2224static int
2225mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2226{
2227 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2228 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2229 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2230 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2231
2232 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2233}
2234
2235/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2236 be the master GOT data. */
2237
2238static struct mips_got_info *
2239mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2240{
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2242
2243 if (! g->bfd2got)
2244 return g;
2245
2246 e.bfd = ibfd;
2247 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2248 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2249}
2250
2251/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2252 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2253 bfd requires. */
2254
2255static int
2256mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2257{
2258 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2259 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2260 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2261 struct mips_got_info *g;
2262 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2263 void **bfdgotp;
2264
2265 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2266 none exists. */
2267 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2268 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2269 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2270
2271 if (bfdgot != NULL)
2272 g = bfdgot->g;
2273 else
2274 {
2275 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2276 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2277
2278 if (bfdgot == NULL)
2279 {
2280 arg->obfd = 0;
2281 return 0;
2282 }
2283
2284 *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
2285
2286 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2287 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2288 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2289 if (g == NULL)
2290 {
2291 arg->obfd = 0;
2292 return 0;
2293 }
2294
2295 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2296 g->global_gotno = 0;
2297 g->local_gotno = 0;
2298 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2299 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2300 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2301 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2302 {
2303 arg->obfd = 0;
2304 return 0;
2305 }
2306
2307 g->bfd2got = NULL;
2308 g->next = NULL;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2312 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2313 if (*entryp != NULL)
2314 return 1;
2315
2316 *entryp = entry;
2317
2318 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2319 ++g->local_gotno;
2320 else
2321 ++g->global_gotno;
2322
2323 return 1;
2324}
2325
2326/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2327 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2328 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2329 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2330 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2331 and then make make the new got current. */
2332
2333static int
2334mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
2335{
2336 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2337 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2338 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2339 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2340 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2341 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2342
2343 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2344 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2345 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2346 {
2347 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2348 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2349 }
2350 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2351 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2352 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2353 else if (arg->primary
2354 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2355 {
2356 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2357 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2358 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2359
2360 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2361
2362 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2363 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2364 arg);
2365 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2366 return 0;
2367
2368 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2369 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2370 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2371 table anyway. */
2372
2373 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
2374 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2375
2376 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2377 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2378 }
2379 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2380 else if (arg->current
2381 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2382 {
2383 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2384 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2385 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2386
2387 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2388
2389 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2390 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2391 arg);
2392 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2393 return 0;
2394
2395 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2396
2397 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2399
2400 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2401 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2402 }
2403 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2404 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2405 overflows anyway. */
2406 else
2407 {
2408 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2409 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2410
2411 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2412 }
2413
2414 return 1;
2415}
2416
2417/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2418 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2419 got) to the given VALUE.
2420
2421 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2422 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2423 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2424 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2425 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2426 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2427 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2428 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2429 stub. */
2430static int
2431mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
2432{
2433 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2434 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2435 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2436 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2437
2438 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2439 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2440 {
2441 if (g)
2442 {
2443 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2444
2445 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2446 if (arg->info->shared
2447 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2448 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2449 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2450 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2451 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2452 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2456 }
2457
2458 return 1;
2459}
2460
2461/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2462 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2463static int
2464mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2465{
2466 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2467
2468 if (entry->abfd != NULL
2469 && entry->symndx == -1
2470 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2471 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2472
2473 return 1;
2474}
2475
2476/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2477 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2478 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2479 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2480 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2481 the traversal must be restarted. */
2482static int
2483mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
2484{
2485 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2486 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2487
2488 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2489 {
2490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2491
2492 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2493 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2494 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2495
2496 if (entry->d.h == h)
2497 return 1;
2498
2499 entry->d.h = h;
2500
2501 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2502 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2503 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2504 {
2505 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2506 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2507 if (! *entryp)
2508 *entryp = entry;
2509 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2510 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2511 process. */
2512 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2513 return 0;
2514 }
2515 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2516 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2517 }
2518
2519 return 1;
2520}
2521
2522/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2523 locations. */
2524static void
2525mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
2526{
2527 htab_t got_entries;
2528
2529 do
2530 {
2531 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2532
2533 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2534 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2535 &got_entries);
2536 }
2537 while (got_entries == NULL);
2538}
2539
2540/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2541 the primary GOT. */
2542static bfd_vma
2543mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2544{
2545 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2546 return 0;
2547
2548 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2549 if (! g)
2550 return 0;
2551
2552 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2553
2554 g = g->next;
2555
2556 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2557}
2558
2559/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2560 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2561
2562static bfd_boolean
2563mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2564 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
2565 bfd_size_type pages)
2566{
2567 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2568 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2569 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2570 unsigned int assign;
2571
2572 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2573 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
2574 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2575 return FALSE;
2576
2577 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2578 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2579 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2580
2581 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2582 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2583 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2584 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2585 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2586 return FALSE;
2587
2588 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2589 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2590 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2591 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2592 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2593 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2594 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2595 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2596
2597 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2598 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2599 to be the primary GOT. */
2600 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2601 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2602 return FALSE;
2603
2604 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2605 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2606 {
2607 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2608 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2609 if (g->next == NULL)
2610 return FALSE;
2611
2612 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2613 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2614 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2615 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2616 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2617 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2618 NULL);
2619 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2620 return FALSE;
2621 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2622 }
2623 else
2624 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2625 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2626
2627 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2628 gg = g;
2629 g = g->next;
2630
2631 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2632 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2633 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2634 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2635 list. */
2636 {
2637 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2638 void **bfdgotp;
2639
2640 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2641 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2642
2643 if (bfdgot == NULL)
2644 return FALSE;
2645
2646 bfdgot->bfd = abfd;
2647 bfdgot->g = g;
2648 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2649
2650 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2651 *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
2652 }
2653
2654 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2655 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2656 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2657 referenced.
2658
2659 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2660 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2661 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2662 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2663 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2664 follows IRIX's practice.
2665
2666 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2667 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2668 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2669 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2670 preserved. */
2671 if (1)
2672 {
2673 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2674 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2675 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2676 }
2677 else
2678 {
2679 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2680 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2681 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2682 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2683 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2684 their entries can be omitted. */
2685 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2686 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2690 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2691 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2692 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2693 &set_got_offset_arg);
2694 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2695 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2696 &set_got_offset_arg);
2697 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2698 return FALSE;
2699
2700 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2701 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2702 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2703 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2704 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2705 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2706 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2707 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2708 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2709 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2710 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2711 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2712 points back to the master GOT. */
2713 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2714 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2715 assign = 0;
2716 gg->next = gg;
2717
2718 do
2719 {
2720 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2721
2722 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2723 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2724 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2725 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2726
2727 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2728 list that gg points to. */
2729 gn = g->next;
2730 g->next = gg->next;
2731 gg->next = g;
2732 g = gn;
2733
2734 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2735 stubs. */
2736 if (g)
2737 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
2738 }
2739 while (g);
2740
2741 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2742 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2743
2744 return TRUE;
2745}
2746
2747
2748/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2749 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2750
2751static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2752mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
2753 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2754 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
2755{
2756 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2757 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2758 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2759 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2760 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2761 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2762 while (relocation < relend)
2763 {
2764 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2765 return relocation;
2766
2767 ++relocation;
2768 }
2769
2770 /* We didn't find it. */
2771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2772 return NULL;
2773}
2774
2775/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2776
2777static bfd_boolean
2778mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
2779 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2780 asection **local_sections,
2781 bfd_boolean check_forced)
2782{
2783 unsigned long r_symndx;
2784 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2786 size_t extsymoff;
2787
2788 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2789 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2790 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2791
2792 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2793 return TRUE;
2794 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2795 return TRUE;
2796
2797 if (check_forced)
2798 {
2799 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2800 was forced local. */
2801 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2802 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2803 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2804 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2806 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2807 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2808 return TRUE;
2809 }
2810
2811 return FALSE;
2812}
2813
2814/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2815
2816bfd_vma
2817_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2818{
2819 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2820 /* VALUE is negative. */
2821 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2822
2823 return value;
2824}
2825
2826/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2827 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2828 BITS. */
2829
2830static bfd_boolean
2831mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2832{
2833 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2834
2835 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2836 /* The value is too big. */
2837 return TRUE;
2838 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2839 /* The value is too small. */
2840 return TRUE;
2841
2842 /* All is well. */
2843 return FALSE;
2844}
2845
2846/* Calculate the %high function. */
2847
2848static bfd_vma
2849mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
2850{
2851 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2852}
2853
2854/* Calculate the %higher function. */
2855
2856static bfd_vma
2857mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2858{
2859#ifdef BFD64
2860 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2861#else
2862 abort ();
2863 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2864#endif
2865}
2866
2867/* Calculate the %highest function. */
2868
2869static bfd_vma
2870mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2871{
2872#ifdef BFD64
2873 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2874#else
2875 abort ();
2876 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2877#endif
2878}
2879
2880/* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2881
2882static bfd_boolean
2883mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2884 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2885{
2886 flagword flags;
2887 register asection *s;
2888
2889 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2890 {
2891 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2892 | SEC_READONLY);
2893
2894 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2895 if (s == NULL
2896 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2898 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2899 return FALSE;
2900
2901 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2902 }
2903
2904 return TRUE;
2905}
2906
2907/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2908
2909static bfd_boolean
2910mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2911 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
2912{
2913 flagword flags;
2914 register asection *s;
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2916 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2917 struct mips_got_info *g;
2918 bfd_size_type amt;
2919
2920 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2921 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2922 if (s)
2923 {
2924 if (! maybe_exclude)
2925 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2926 return TRUE;
2927 }
2928
2929 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2931
2932 if (maybe_exclude)
2933 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2934
2935 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2936 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2937 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2938 if (s == NULL
2939 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2940 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2941 return FALSE;
2942
2943 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2944 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2945 are not creating a global offset table. */
2946 bh = NULL;
2947 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2948 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2949 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2950 return FALSE;
2951
2952 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2953 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2954 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2955 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2956
2957 if (info->shared
2958 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2959 return FALSE;
2960
2961 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2962 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2963 if (g == NULL)
2964 return FALSE;
2965 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2966 g->global_gotno = 0;
2967 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2968 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2969 g->bfd2got = NULL;
2970 g->next = NULL;
2971 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2972 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2973 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2974 return FALSE;
2975 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2976 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2977 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2978
2979 return TRUE;
2980}
2981
2982/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2983 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2984 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2985
2986 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2987 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2988 relocation must be JALX.
2989
2990 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2991 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2992 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2993 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2994
2995static bfd_reloc_status_type
2996mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
2997 asection *input_section,
2998 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2999 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3000 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3001 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3002 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3003 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3004 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3005{
3006 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3007 bfd_vma value;
3008 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3009 occurring. */
3010 bfd_vma symbol = 0;
3011 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3012 shared object file being produced. */
3013 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3014 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3015 relocated. */
3016 bfd_vma p;
3017 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3018 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3019 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3020 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3021 during execution. */
3022 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3023 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3024 located. */
3025 asection *sec = NULL;
3026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3027 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3028 symbol. */
3029 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3030 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3031 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3032 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3033 size_t extsymoff;
3034 unsigned long r_symndx;
3035 int r_type;
3036 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3037 relocation value. */
3038 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3039 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3040 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3041
3042 /* Parse the relocation. */
3043 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3044 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3045 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3046 + input_section->output_offset
3047 + relocation->r_offset);
3048
3049 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3050 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3051
3052 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3053 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3054 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3055 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3056 local_sections, FALSE);
3057 was_local_p = local_p;
3058 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3059 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3060 else
3061 {
3062 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3063 must come before globals. */
3064 extsymoff = 0;
3065 }
3066
3067 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3068 if (local_p)
3069 {
3070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3071
3072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3074
3075 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3076 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3077 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3078 symbol += sym->st_value;
3079 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3081 {
3082 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3083 addend -= symbol;
3084 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3085 }
3086
3087 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3088 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3089 ++symbol;
3090
3091 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3092 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3093 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3094 sym->st_name);
3095 if (*namep == '\0')
3096 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3097
3098 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3099 }
3100 else
3101 {
3102 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3103
3104 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3105 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3106 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3107 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3108 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3109 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3110 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3111
3112 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3113 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3114
3115 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3116 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3117 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3118 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3119 {
3120 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3121 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3122 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3123 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3124
3125 gp_disp_p = TRUE;
3126 }
3127 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3128 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3129 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3130 its defined. */
3131 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3132 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3133 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3134 {
3135 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3136 if (sec->output_section)
3137 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3138 + sec->output_section->vma
3139 + sec->output_offset);
3140 else
3141 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3142 }
3143 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3144 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3145 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3146 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3147 addresses. */
3148 symbol = 0;
3149 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3151 symbol = 0;
3152 else if (strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3153 strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3154 {
3155 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3156 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3157 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3158 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3159 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3160 somehow as well. */
3161 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3162 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3163 symbol = 0;
3164 }
3165 else
3166 {
3167 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3168 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3169 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3170 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
3171 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
3172 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3173 symbol = 0;
3174 }
3175
3176 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3177 }
3178
3179 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3180 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3181 a stub. */
3182 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3183 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3184 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3185 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3186 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3187 {
3188 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3189 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3190 stub. */
3191 if (local_p)
3192 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3193 else
3194 {
3195 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3196 sec = h->fn_stub;
3197 }
3198
3199 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3200 }
3201 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3202 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3203 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3204 && h != NULL
3205 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3206 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3207 {
3208 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3209 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3210 file. */
3211 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3212 {
3213 asection *o;
3214
3215 sec = NULL;
3216 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3217 {
3218 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3219 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3220 {
3221 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3222 break;
3223 }
3224 }
3225 if (sec == NULL)
3226 sec = h->call_stub;
3227 }
3228 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3229 sec = h->call_stub;
3230 else
3231 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3232
3233 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3234 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3235 }
3236
3237 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3238 special jalx instruction. */
3239 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
3240 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3241 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3242
3243 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3244 local_sections, TRUE);
3245
3246 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3247 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3248 switch (r_type)
3249 {
3250 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3251 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3252 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3253 bind locally. */
3254 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
3255 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
3256 break;
3257 /* Fall through. */
3258
3259 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
3260 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
3261 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3262 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3263 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3264 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3265 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3266 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3267 if (!local_p)
3268 {
3269 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3270 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3271 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3272 as GOT_OFST. */
3273 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3274 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3275 input_bfd,
3276 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3277 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3278 || (info->shared
3279 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3280 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3281 {
3282 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3283 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3284 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3285 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3286 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3287 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
3288 }
3289 }
3290 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3291 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3292 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3293 break;
3294 else
3295 {
3296 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3297 info, symbol + addend);
3298 if (g == MINUS_ONE)
3299 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3303 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3304 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3305 break;
3306
3307 case R_MIPS_HI16:
3308 case R_MIPS_LO16:
3309 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3310 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3311 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3312 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3313 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3314 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3315 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3316 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3317 mips_elf_got_info
3318 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3319 input_bfd);
3320 break;
3321
3322 default:
3323 break;
3324 }
3325
3326 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3327 switch (r_type)
3328 {
3329 case R_MIPS_NONE:
3330 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3331
3332 case R_MIPS_16:
3333 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3334 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3335 break;
3336
3337 case R_MIPS_32:
3338 case R_MIPS_REL32:
3339 case R_MIPS_64:
3340 if ((info->shared
3341 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3342 && h != NULL
3343 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3344 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3345 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3346 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3347 && r_symndx != 0
3348 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3349 {
3350 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3351 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3352 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3353 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3354 linker. */
3355 value = addend;
3356 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3357 info,
3358 relocation,
3359 h,
3360 sec,
3361 symbol,
3362 &value,
3363 input_section))
3364 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3365 }
3366 else
3367 {
3368 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3369 value = symbol + addend;
3370 else
3371 value = addend;
3372 }
3373 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case R_MIPS_PC32:
3377 case R_MIPS_PC64:
3378 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3379 value = symbol + addend - p;
3380 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3381 break;
3382
3383 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3384 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
3385 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3386 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3387 break;
3388
3389 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3390 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3391 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3392 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3393 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3394 the comment there for more information. */
3395 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3396 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3397 break;
3398
3399 case R_MIPS16_26:
3400 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3401 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3402 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3403 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3404 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3405 case R_MIPS_26:
3406 if (local_p)
3407 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3408 else
3409 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3410 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3411 break;
3412
3413 case R_MIPS_HI16:
3414 if (!gp_disp_p)
3415 {
3416 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3417 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3418 }
3419 else
3420 {
3421 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3422 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3423 }
3424 break;
3425
3426 case R_MIPS_LO16:
3427 if (!gp_disp_p)
3428 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3429 else
3430 {
3431 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3432 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3433 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3434 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3435 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3436 this:
3437
3438 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3439 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3440 addu $gp,$gp,$t9
3441
3442 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3443 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3444 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3445 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3446 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3447 not check for overflow here. */
3448 }
3449 break;
3450
3451 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3452 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3453 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3454 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3455 here. */
3456
3457 /* Fall through. */
3458
3459 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3460 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3461 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3462 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3463 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3464 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3465 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3466 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3467 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3468 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3469 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3470 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3471 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3472 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3473 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3474 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3475 to them before. */
3476 if (was_local_p)
3477 value += gp0;
3478 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3479 break;
3480
3481 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
3482 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
3483 if (local_p)
3484 {
3485 bfd_boolean forced;
3486
3487 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3488 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3489 follows. */
3490 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3491 local_sections, FALSE);
3492 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3493 symbol + addend, forced);
3494 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3495 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3496 value
3497 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3498 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3499 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3500 break;
3501 }
3502
3503 /* Fall through. */
3504
3505 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3506 got_disp:
3507 value = g;
3508 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3509 break;
3510
3511 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3512 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3513 if (!save_addend)
3514 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3515 break;
3516
3517 case R_MIPS_PC16:
3518 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3519 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3520 break;
3521
3522 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3524 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3525 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3526 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3527 value = g;
3528 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3529 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3530 break;
3531
3532 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3533 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3534 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3535 break;
3536
3537 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3538 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3539 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3540 0. */
3541 if (! local_p)
3542 goto got_disp;
3543 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3544 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3546 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3547 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3548 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3549 break;
3550
3551 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3552 if (local_p)
3553 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3554 else
3555 value = addend;
3556 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3557 break;
3558
3559 case R_MIPS_SUB:
3560 value = symbol - addend;
3561 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3562 break;
3563
3564 case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
3565 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3566 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3567 break;
3568
3569 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3570 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3571 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3572 break;
3573
3574 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3575 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3576 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3577 break;
3578
3579 case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
3580 case R_MIPS_JALR:
3581 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3582 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3583 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3584
3585 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3586 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3587 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3588 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3589
3590 default:
3591 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3592 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3593 }
3594
3595 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3596 *valuep = value;
3597 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3598}
3599
3600/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3601
3602static bfd_vma
3603mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
3604 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3605 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
3606{
3607 bfd_vma x;
3608 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3609
3610 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3611 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3612
3613 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3614 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3615 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3616 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3617 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3618 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3619
3620 return x;
3621}
3622
3623/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3624 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3625 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3626 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3627 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3628 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3629
3630 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3631
3632static bfd_boolean
3633mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3634 reloc_howto_type *howto,
3635 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3636 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
3637 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
3638 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
3639{
3640 bfd_vma x;
3641 bfd_byte *location;
3642 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3643
3644 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3645 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3646
3647 /* Obtain the current value. */
3648 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3649
3650 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3651 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3652
3653 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3654 value in a funny way. */
3655 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3656 {
3657 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3658 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3659 are 32 bits.
3660
3661 The format of these instructions is:
3662
3663 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3664 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3665 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3666 ! Immediate 15:0 !
3667 +-----------------------------------------------+
3668
3669 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3670 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3671
3672 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3673 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3674 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3675 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3676 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3677 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3678 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3679 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3680 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3681 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3682 instruction.
3683
3684 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3685 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3686 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3687 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3688 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3689 value as two 16-bit values.
3690
3691 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3692 defined as
3693
3694 big-endian:
3695 +--------+----------------------+
3696 | | |
3697 | | targ26-16 |
3698 |31 26|25 0|
3699 +--------+----------------------+
3700
3701 little-endian:
3702 +----------+------+-------------+
3703 | | | |
3704 | sub1 | | sub2 |
3705 |0 9|10 15|16 31|
3706 +----------+--------------------+
3707 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3708 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3709
3710 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3711 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3712 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3713 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3714 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3715
3716 if (!info->relocatable)
3717 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3718 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3719 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3720 | (value & 0xffff));
3721 }
3722 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3723 {
3724 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3725 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3726
3727 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3728 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3729 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3730 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3731 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3732
3733 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3734 opcode.
3735
3736 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3737 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3738 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3739
3740 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3741 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3742 little-endian system. */
3743 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3744 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3745 | (value & 0x1f));
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Set the field. */
3749 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3750
3751 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3752 if (require_jalx)
3753 {
3754 bfd_boolean ok;
3755 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3756 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3757
3758 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3759 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3760 {
3761 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3762 jalx_opcode = 0x7;
3763 }
3764 else
3765 {
3766 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3767 jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
3768 }
3769
3770 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3771 if (!ok)
3772 {
3773 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3774 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3775 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3776 input_section->name,
3777 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3779 return FALSE;
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3783 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3787 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3788 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3789 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3790 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3791
3792 /* Put the value into the output. */
3793 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3794 return TRUE;
3795}
3796
3797/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3798
3799static bfd_boolean
3800mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
3801{
3802 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3803
3804 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3805 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3806 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3807}
3808
3809/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3810
3811static void
3812mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
3813{
3814 asection *s;
3815
3816 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3817 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3818
3819 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3820 {
3821 /* Make room for a null element. */
3822 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3823 ++s->reloc_count;
3824 }
3825 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3826}
3827
3828/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3829 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3830 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3831 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3832
3833static bfd_boolean
3834mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3835 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3836 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3838 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
3839 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
3840{
3841 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3842 bfd_boolean skip;
3843 asection *sreloc;
3844 bfd *dynobj;
3845 int r_type;
3846
3847 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3848 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3849 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3850 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3852 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3853 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3854
3855 skip = FALSE;
3856 outrel[0].r_offset =
3857 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3858 outrel[1].r_offset =
3859 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3860 outrel[2].r_offset =
3861 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3862
3863#if 0
3864 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3865 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3866 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3867 if (input_section->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3868 {
3869 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3870 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3871 }
3872 else
3873 {
3874 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3875 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3876 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3877 machinery tell us the offset. */
3878 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3879 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3880 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3881 -1. */
3882 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3883 skip = TRUE;
3884 }
3885#endif
3886
3887 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3888 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3889 skip = TRUE;
3890 else if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3891 {
3892 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3893 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3894 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3895 skip = TRUE;
3896 *addendp += symbol;
3897 }
3898
3899 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3900 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3901 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3902 if (skip)
3903 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3904 else
3905 {
3906 long indx;
3907 bfd_boolean defined_p;
3908
3909 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3910 in the relocation. */
3911 if (h != NULL
3912 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3913 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
3914 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3915 become local. */
3916 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
3917 {
3918 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3919 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3920 defined_p = ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3921 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0);
3922 else
3923 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3924 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3925 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3926 undefined symbols. */
3927 defined_p = FALSE;
3928 }
3929 else
3930 {
3931 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3932 indx = 0;
3933 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3934 {
3935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3936 return FALSE;
3937 }
3938 else
3939 {
3940 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3941 if (indx == 0)
3942 abort ();
3943 }
3944
3945 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3946 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3947 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3948 local symbols because we used to generate them
3949 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3950 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3951 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3952 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3953 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3954 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3955 as well. */
3956 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3957 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3958 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3959 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3960 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3961 indx = 0;
3962 defined_p = TRUE;
3963 }
3964
3965 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3966 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3967 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3968 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3969 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3970 *addendp += symbol;
3971
3972 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3973 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3974 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3975 R_MIPS_REL32);
3976 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3977 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3978 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3979 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3980 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3981 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3982 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3983 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3984 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3985 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3986 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3987 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3988 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
3989 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3990 ? R_MIPS_64
3991 : R_MIPS_NONE);
3992 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
3993
3994 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3995 correct location in the output file. */
3996 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3997 + input_section->output_offset);
3998 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3999 + input_section->output_offset);
4000 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4001 + input_section->output_offset);
4002 }
4003
4004 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4005 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4006 relocation format is non-standard. */
4007 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4008 {
4009 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4010 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4011 (sreloc->contents
4012 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4013 }
4014 else
4015 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4016 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4017 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4018
4019 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4020 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4021
4022 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4023 will be writing to it. */
4024 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4025 |= SHF_WRITE;
4026
4027 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4028 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4029 {
4030 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4031 bfd_byte *cr;
4032
4033 if (scpt)
4034 {
4035 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4036
4037 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4038 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4039 + input_section->output_section->vma
4040 + input_section->output_offset);
4041 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4042 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4043 else
4044 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4045 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4046 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4047
4048 cr = (scpt->contents
4049 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4050 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4051 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4052 + scpt->reloc_count));
4053 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4054 }
4055 }
4056
4057 return TRUE;
4058}
4059
4060/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4061
4062unsigned long
4063_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4064{
4065 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4066 {
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4069
4070 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4071 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4072
4073 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4074 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4075
4076 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4078
4079 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4080 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4081
4082 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4084
4085 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4086 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4087
4088 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4090
|
| 4091 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
4092 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
4093
4094 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
4095 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
4096
|
4091 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4092 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4093
4094 default:
4095 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4096 {
4097 default:
4098 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
4099 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4100 break;
4101
4102 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
4103 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4104 break;
4105
4106 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
4107 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4108 break;
4109
4110 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
4111 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4112 break;
4113
4114 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
4115 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4116 break;
4117
4118 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4119 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4120 break;
4121
4122 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4123 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4124 break;
4125
4126 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4127 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4128 break;
4129
4130 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
4131 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
4132 break;
4133 }
4134 }
4135
4136 return 0;
4137}
4138
4139/* Return printable name for ABI. */
4140
4141static INLINE char *
4142elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
4143{
4144 flagword flags;
4145
4146 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4147 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4148 {
4149 case 0:
4150 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4151 return "N32";
4152 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4153 return "64";
4154 else
4155 return "none";
4156 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4157 return "O32";
4158 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4159 return "O64";
4160 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4161 return "EABI32";
4162 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4163 return "EABI64";
4164 default:
4165 return "unknown abi";
4166 }
4167}
4168
4169/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4170 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4171 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4172 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4173 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4174static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4175static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4176static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4177
4178/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4179 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4180 definition in a shared library. */
4181static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4182static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4183static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4184
4185/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4186 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4187
4188void
4189_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
4190{
4191 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4192
4193 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4194 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4195 {
4196 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4197 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4198 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4199 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4200 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4201 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4202 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4203 {
4204 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4205 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4206 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4207 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4208 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4209 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4210 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4211 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4212 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4213 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4214 }
4215 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4216 break;
4217
4218 case SHN_COMMON:
4219 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4220 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4221 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4222 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4223 break;
4224 /* Fall through. */
4225 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4226 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4227 {
4228 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4229 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4230 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4231 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4232 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4233 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4234 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4235 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4236 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4237 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4238 }
4239 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4240 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4241 break;
4242
4243 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4244 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4245 break;
4246
4247#if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4248 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
4249 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4250 break;
4251
4252 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
4253 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4254 break;
4255#endif
4256 }
4257}
4258
4259/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4260 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4261 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4262
4263 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4264 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4265 jalr $25
4266
4267 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4268 will jump there rather than to .text.
4269
4270 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4271 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4272
4273bfd_boolean
4274_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
4275{
4276 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
4277}
4278
4279/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4280 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4281 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4282 a better way. */
4283
4284bfd_boolean
4285_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
4286{
4287 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4288 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4289 {
4290 bfd_byte buf[4];
4291
4292 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4293 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4294
4295 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4296 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4297 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4298 return FALSE;
4299 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4300 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4301 return FALSE;
4302 }
4303
4304 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4305 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4306 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4307 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4308 {
4309 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4310
4311 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4312 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4313 so that we don't have to read them again.
4314 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4315 through the section contents to see if there is an
4316 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4317
4318 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4319 l = contents;
4320 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4321 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4322 {
4323 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4324
4325 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4326 &intopt);
4327 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4328 {
4329 bfd_byte buf[8];
4330
4331 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4332 (hdr->sh_offset
4333 + (l - contents)
4334 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4335 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4336 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4337 return FALSE;
4338 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4339 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
4340 return FALSE;
4341 }
4342 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4343 {
4344 bfd_byte buf[4];
4345
4346 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4347 (hdr->sh_offset
4348 + (l - contents)
4349 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4350 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4351 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4352 return FALSE;
4353 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4354 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4355 return FALSE;
4356 }
4357 l += intopt.size;
4358 }
4359 }
4360
4361 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4362 {
4363 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4364
4365 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4366 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4367 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4368 {
4369 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4370 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4371 }
4372 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4373 {
4374 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4375 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4376 }
4377 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4378 {
4379 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4380 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4381 }
4382 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4383 {
4384 hdr->sh_flags = 0;
4385 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4386 }
4387 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4388 {
4389 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4390 {
4391 unsigned int adjust;
4392
4393 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4394 if (adjust != 0)
4395 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4396 }
4397 }
4398 }
4399
4400 return TRUE;
4401}
4402
4403/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4404 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4405 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4406
4407 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4408 how to. */
4409
4410bfd_boolean
4411_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
4412 const char *name)
4413{
4414 flagword flags = 0;
4415
4416 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4417 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4418 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4419 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4420 probably get away with this. */
4421 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4422 {
4423 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4424 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4425 return FALSE;
4426 break;
4427 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
4428 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4429 return FALSE;
4430 break;
4431 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4432 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4433 return FALSE;
4434 break;
4435 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4436 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4437 return FALSE;
4438 break;
4439 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4440 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4441 return FALSE;
4442 break;
4443 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4444 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4445 return FALSE;
4446 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4447 break;
4448 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4449 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4450 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4451 return FALSE;
4452 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4453 break;
4454 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4455 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4456 return FALSE;
4457 break;
4458 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4459 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4460 return FALSE;
4461 break;
4462 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4463 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4464 return FALSE;
4465 break;
4466 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4467 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4468 return FALSE;
4469 break;
4470 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4471 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4472 return FALSE;
4473 break;
4474 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4475 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4476 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4477 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4478 return FALSE;
4479 break;
4480 default:
4481 return FALSE;
4482 }
4483
4484 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4485 return FALSE;
4486
4487 if (flags)
4488 {
4489 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4490 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4491 hdr->bfd_section)
4492 | flags)))
4493 return FALSE;
4494 }
4495
4496 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4497
4498 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4499 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4500 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4501 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4502 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4503 {
4504 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4505 Elf32_RegInfo s;
4506
4507 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4508 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
4509 return FALSE;
4510 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4511 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4512 }
4513
4514 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4515 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4516 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4517 they should agree. */
4518 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4519 {
4520 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4521
4522 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4523 if (contents == NULL)
4524 return FALSE;
4525 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4526 0, hdr->sh_size))
4527 {
4528 free (contents);
4529 return FALSE;
4530 }
4531 l = contents;
4532 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4533 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4534 {
4535 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4536
4537 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4538 &intopt);
4539 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4540 {
4541 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4542
4543 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4544 (abfd,
4545 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4546 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4547 &intreg);
4548 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4549 }
4550 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4551 {
4552 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4553
4554 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4555 (abfd,
4556 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4557 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4558 &intreg);
4559 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4560 }
4561 l += intopt.size;
4562 }
4563 free (contents);
4564 }
4565
4566 return TRUE;
4567}
4568
4569/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4570 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4571 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4572
4573bfd_boolean
4574_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
4575{
4576 register const char *name;
4577
4578 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4579
4580 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4581 {
4582 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4583 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4584 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4585 }
4586 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4587 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4588 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4589 {
4590 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4591 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4592 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4593 }
4594 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4595 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4596 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4597 {
4598 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4599 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4600 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4601 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4602 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4603 else
4604 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4605 }
4606 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4607 {
4608 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4609 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4610 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4611 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4612 {
4613 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4614 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4615 else
4616 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4617 }
4618 else
4619 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4620 }
4621 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4622 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4623 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4624 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4625 {
4626 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4627 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4628#if 0
4629 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4630 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4631#endif
4632 }
4633 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4634 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4635 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4636 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4637 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4638 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4639 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4640 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4641 {
4642 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4643 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4644 }
4645 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4646 {
4647 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4648 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4649 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4650 }
4651 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4652 {
4653 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4654 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4655 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4656 }
4657 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4658 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4659 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4660 {
4661 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4662 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4663 final_write_processing. */
4664 }
4665 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4666 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4667 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4668 {
4669 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4670 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4671 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4672 }
4673 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4674 {
4675 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4676 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4677 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4681 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4682 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4683 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4684 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4685
4686 return TRUE;
4687}
4688
4689/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4690 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4691 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4692 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4693 the .scommon section. */
4694
4695bfd_boolean
4696_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4697 asection *sec, int *retval)
4698{
4699 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4700 {
4701 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4702 return TRUE;
4703 }
4704 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4705 {
4706 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4707 return TRUE;
4708 }
4709 return FALSE;
4710}
4711
4712/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4713 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4714
4715bfd_boolean
4716_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4717 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
4718 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4719 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
4720{
4721 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4722 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4723 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4724 {
4725 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4726 *namep = NULL;
4727 return TRUE;
4728 }
4729
4730 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4731 {
4732 case SHN_COMMON:
4733 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4734 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4735 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4736 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4737 break;
4738 /* Fall through. */
4739 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4740 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4741 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4742 *valp = sym->st_size;
4743 break;
4744
4745 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
4746 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4747 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4748 {
4749 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4750 asection *elf_text_section;
4751 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4752
4753 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4754 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4755 return FALSE;
4756
4757 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4758 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4759 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4760 return FALSE;
4761
4762 /* Initialize the section. */
4763
4764 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4765 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4766
4767 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4768 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4769
4770 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4771 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4772 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4773 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4774 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4775 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4776 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4777 }
4778 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4779 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4780 so I took it out. */
4781 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4782 break;
4783
4784 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4785 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4786 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
4787 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4788 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4789 {
4790 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4791 asection *elf_data_section;
4792 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4793
4794 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4795 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4796 return FALSE;
4797
4798 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4799 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4800 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4801 return FALSE;
4802
4803 /* Initialize the section. */
4804
4805 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4806 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4807
4808 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4809 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4810
4811 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4812 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4813 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4814 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4815 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4816 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4817 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4818 }
4819 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4820 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4821 so I took it out. */
4822 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4823 break;
4824
4825 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4826 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4827 break;
4828 }
4829
4830 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4831 && ! info->shared
4832 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4833 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4834 {
4835 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4837
4838 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4839 bh = NULL;
4840 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4841 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
4842 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4843 return FALSE;
4844
4845 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4846 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4847 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4848 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4849
4850 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4851 return FALSE;
4852
4853 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4857 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4858 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4859 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4860 ++*valp;
4861
4862 return TRUE;
4863}
4864
4865/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4866 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4867 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4868
4869bfd_boolean
4870_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4871 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4872 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4873 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4874{
4875 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4876 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4877 common in the output file. */
4878 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4879 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4880 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4881
4882 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
4883 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
4884 --sym->st_value;
4885
4886 return TRUE;
4887}
4888
4889/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4890
4891/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4892
4893bfd_boolean
4894_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4895{
4896 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4897 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4898 flagword flags;
4899 register asection *s;
4900 const char * const *namep;
4901
4902 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4903 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4904
4905 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4906 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4907 if (s != NULL)
4908 {
4909 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4910 return FALSE;
4911 }
4912
4913 /* We need to create .got section. */
4914 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4915 return FALSE;
4916
4917 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4918 return FALSE;
4919
4920 /* Create .stub section. */
4921 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4922 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4923 {
4924 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4925 if (s == NULL
4926 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4927 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4928 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4929 return FALSE;
4930 }
4931
4932 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4933 && !info->shared
4934 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4935 {
4936 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4937 if (s == NULL
4938 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4939 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4940 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4941 return FALSE;
4942 }
4943
4944 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4945 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4946 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4947 the linker takes such action. */
4948 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4949 {
4950 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4951 {
4952 bh = NULL;
4953 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4954 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
4955 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4956 return FALSE;
4957
4958 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4959 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4960 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4961 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4962
4963 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4964 return FALSE;
4965 }
4966
4967 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4968 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4969 {
4970 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4971 return FALSE;
4972 }
4973
4974 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4975 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4976 if (s != NULL)
4977 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4978 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4979 if (s != NULL)
4980 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4981 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4982 if (s != NULL)
4983 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4984 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4985 if (s != NULL)
4986 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4987 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4988 if (s != NULL)
4989 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4990 }
4991
4992 if (!info->shared)
4993 {
4994 const char *name;
4995
4996 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4997 bh = NULL;
4998 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4999 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
5000 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5001 return FALSE;
5002
5003 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5004 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5005 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5006 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5007
5008 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5009 return FALSE;
5010
5011 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
5012 {
5013 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5014 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5015 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5016 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
5018 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5019
5020 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5021 bh = NULL;
5022 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5023 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
5024 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5025 return FALSE;
5026
5027 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5028 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5029 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5030 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5031
5032 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5033 return FALSE;
5034 }
5035 }
5036
5037 return TRUE;
5038}
5039
5040/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5041 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5042
5043bfd_boolean
5044_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5045 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5046{
5047 const char *name;
5048 bfd *dynobj;
5049 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5050 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5051 struct mips_got_info *g;
5052 size_t extsymoff;
5053 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5054 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5055 asection *sgot;
5056 asection *sreloc;
5057 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5058
5059 if (info->relocatable)
5060 return TRUE;
5061
5062 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5063 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5064 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5065 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5066
5067 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5068
5069 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5070 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5071 {
5072 unsigned long r_symndx;
5073
5074 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5075 this is for. */
5076
5077 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5078
5079 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5080 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5081 {
5082 asection *o;
5083
5084 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5085 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5086 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5087 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5088 {
5089 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5090 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5091
5092 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5093 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5094 || o->reloc_count == 0
5095 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5096 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5097 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5098 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5099 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5100 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5101 continue;
5102
5103 sec_relocs
5104 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
5105 info->keep_memory);
5106 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5107 return FALSE;
5108
5109 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5110 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5111 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5112 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5113 break;
5114
5115 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5116 free (sec_relocs);
5117
5118 if (r < rend)
5119 break;
5120 }
5121
5122 if (o == NULL)
5123 {
5124 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5125 not need it. Since this function is called before
5126 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5127 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5128 flag. */
5129 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5130 return TRUE;
5131 }
5132
5133 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5134 this BFD. */
5135 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5136 {
5137 unsigned long symcount;
5138 asection **n;
5139 bfd_size_type amt;
5140
5141 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5142 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5143 else
5144 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5145 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5146 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5147 if (n == NULL)
5148 return FALSE;
5149 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5150 }
5151
5152 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5153
5154 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5155 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5156 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5157 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5158 }
5159 else
5160 {
5161 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5162
5163 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5164 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5165
5166 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5167
5168 h->fn_stub = sec;
5169 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5170 }
5171 }
5172 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5173 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5174 {
5175 unsigned long r_symndx;
5176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5177 asection **loc;
5178
5179 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5180 this is for. */
5181
5182 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5183
5184 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5185 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5186 {
5187 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5188 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5189 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5190 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5191 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5192 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5193 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5194 return TRUE;
5195 }
5196
5197 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5198 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5199
5200 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5201
5202 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5203 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5204 else
5205 loc = &h->call_stub;
5206
5207 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5208 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5209 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5210 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5211 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5212 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5213 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5214 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5215 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5216 {
5217 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5218 return TRUE;
5219 }
5220
5221 *loc = sec;
5222 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5223 }
5224
5225 if (dynobj == NULL)
5226 {
5227 sgot = NULL;
5228 g = NULL;
5229 }
5230 else
5231 {
5232 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5233 if (sgot == NULL)
5234 g = NULL;
5235 else
5236 {
5237 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5238 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5239 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5240 }
5241 }
5242
5243 sreloc = NULL;
5244 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5245 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5246 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5247 {
5248 unsigned long r_symndx;
5249 unsigned int r_type;
5250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5251
5252 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5253 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5254
5255 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5256 h = NULL;
5257 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5258 {
5259 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5260 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5261 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5262 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5263 return FALSE;
5264 }
5265 else
5266 {
5267 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5268
5269 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5270 if (h != NULL)
5271 {
5272 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5273 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5274 }
5275 }
5276
5277 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5278 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5279 {
5280 switch (r_type)
5281 {
5282 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5283 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5284 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5285 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5286 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5287 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5288 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5289 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5290 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5291 if (dynobj == NULL)
5292 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5293 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5294 return FALSE;
5295 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5296 break;
5297
5298 case R_MIPS_32:
5299 case R_MIPS_REL32:
5300 case R_MIPS_64:
5301 if (dynobj == NULL
5302 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5303 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5304 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5305 break;
5306
5307 default:
5308 break;
5309 }
5310 }
5311
5312 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5313 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5314 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5315 {
5316 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5317 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5318 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5319 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5320 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5321 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5322 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5323 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5324 rel->r_addend, g))
5325 return FALSE;
5326 }
5327
5328 switch (r_type)
5329 {
5330 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5331 if (h == NULL)
5332 {
5333 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5334 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5335 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5337 return FALSE;
5338 }
5339 /* Fall through. */
5340
5341 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5342 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5343 if (h != NULL)
5344 {
5345 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5346 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5347 return FALSE;
5348
5349 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5350 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5351 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5352 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5353 h->type = STT_FUNC;
5354 }
5355 break;
5356
5357 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5358 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5359 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5360 if (h == NULL)
5361 break;
5362 else
5363 {
5364 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
5365 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5366
5367 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5368 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5369 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5370 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
5371
5372 if ((hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)
5373 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
5374 && ! (hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags
5375 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5376 break;
5377 }
5378 /* Fall through. */
5379
5380 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5381 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5382 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5383 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5384 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5385 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5386 return FALSE;
5387 break;
5388
5389 case R_MIPS_32:
5390 case R_MIPS_REL32:
5391 case R_MIPS_64:
5392 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5393 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5394 {
5395 if (sreloc == NULL)
5396 {
5397 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5398 if (sreloc == NULL)
5399 return FALSE;
5400 }
5401#define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5402 if (info->shared)
5403 {
5404 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5405 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5406 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5407 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5408 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5409 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5410 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5411 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5412 relocations against the text segment. */
5413 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 {
5417 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5418
5419 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5420 defined in a dynamic object. */
5421 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5422 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5423 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5424 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5425 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5426 are relocations against the text segment. */
5427 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5428 }
5429
5430 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5431 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5432 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5433 dynamic relocations against it. */
5434 if (h != NULL)
5435 {
5436 if (dynobj == NULL)
5437 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5438 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5439 return FALSE;
5440 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5441 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5442 return FALSE;
5443 }
5444 }
5445
5446 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5447 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5448 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5449 break;
5450
5451 case R_MIPS_26:
5452 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5453 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5454 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5455 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5456 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5457 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5458 break;
5459
5460 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5461 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5462 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5463 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5464 return FALSE;
5465 break;
5466
5467 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5468 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5469 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5470 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5471 return FALSE;
5472 break;
5473
5474 default:
5475 break;
5476 }
5477
5478 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5479 related to taking the function's address. */
5480 switch (r_type)
5481 {
5482 default:
5483 if (h != NULL)
5484 {
5485 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5486
5487 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5488 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5489 }
5490 break;
5491 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5492 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5493 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5494 case R_MIPS_JALR:
5495 break;
5496 }
5497
5498 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5499 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5500 References from a stub section do not count. */
5501 if (h != NULL
5502 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5503 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5504 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5505 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5506 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5507 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5508 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5509 {
5510 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5511
5512 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5513 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5514 }
5515 }
5516
5517 return TRUE;
5518}
5519
5520bfd_boolean
5521_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
5522 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5523 bfd_boolean *again)
5524{
5525 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
5526 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5527 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5528 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5529 bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
5530 size_t extsymoff;
5531 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
5532 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5533 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5534
5535 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5536 *again = FALSE;
5537
5538 if (link_info->relocatable)
5539 return TRUE;
5540
5541 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
5542 link_info->keep_memory);
5543 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5544 return TRUE;
5545
5546 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
5547 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5548 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5549 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5550
5551 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
5552 {
5553 bfd_vma symval;
5554 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
5555 unsigned int r_type;
5556 unsigned long r_symndx;
5557 asection *sym_sec;
5558 unsigned long instruction;
5559
5560 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5561 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5562 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5563 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
5564 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
5565 continue;
5566
5567 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
5568 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5569 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
5570 {
5571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
5572 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5573 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5574
5575 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5576 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5577 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5578
5579 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5580 skip it. */
5581 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5582 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5583 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5584 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
5585 && ! (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5586 continue;
5587
5588 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5589 if (sym_sec->output_section)
5590 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5591 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5592 + sym_sec->output_offset);
5593 else
5594 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5595 }
5596 else
5597 {
5598 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5599
5600 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5601 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5602 {
5603 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5604 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5605 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
5606 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5607 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5608 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5609 goto relax_return;
5610 }
5611
5612 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
5613 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5614 continue;
5615 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5616 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5617 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5618 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5619 else
5620 sym_sec
5621 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5622 symval = isym->st_value
5623 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5624 + sym_sec->output_offset;
5625 }
5626
5627 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5628 branch target. */
5629 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
5630 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
5631
5632 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5633 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
5634 continue;
5635
5636 sym_offset >>= 2;
5637
5638 /* Check that it's in range. */
5639 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
5640 continue;
5641
5642 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5643 if (contents == NULL)
5644 {
5645 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5646 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
5647 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
5648 else
5649 {
5650 contents = bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
5651 if (contents == NULL)
5652 goto relax_return;
5653
5654 free_contents = contents;
5655 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
5656 0, sec->_raw_size))
5657 goto relax_return;
5658 }
5659 }
5660
5661 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
5662
5663 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5664 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5665 instruction = 0x04110000;
5666 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5667 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5668 instruction = 0x10000000;
5669 else
5670 continue;
5671
5672 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
5673 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
5674 changed_contents = TRUE;
5675 }
5676
5677 if (contents != NULL
5678 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5679 {
5680 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
5681 free (contents);
5682 else
5683 {
5684 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5685 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
5686 }
5687 }
5688 return TRUE;
5689
5690 relax_return:
5691 if (free_contents != NULL)
5692 free (free_contents);
5693 return FALSE;
5694}
5695
5696/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5697 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5698 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5699 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5700 understand. */
5701
5702bfd_boolean
5703_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5704 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5705{
5706 bfd *dynobj;
5707 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5708 asection *s;
5709
5710 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5711
5712 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5713 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5714 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5715 || h->weakdef != NULL
5716 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5717 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5718 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5719 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5720 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5721 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5722
5723 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5724 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5725 file. */
5726 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5727 if (! info->relocatable
5728 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5729 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5730 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5731 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5732 {
5733 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5734 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5735 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5736 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5737 against the text segment. */
5738 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5739 }
5740
5741 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5742 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5743 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5744 {
5745 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5746 return TRUE;
5747
5748 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5749 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5750 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5751 executable and the shared library. */
5752 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5753 {
5754 /* We need .stub section. */
5755 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5756 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5757 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5758
5759 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5760 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5761
5762 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5763 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5764
5765 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5766 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5767
5768 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5769 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5770 return TRUE;
5771 }
5772 }
5773 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5774 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5775 {
5776 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5777 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5778 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5779 return TRUE;
5780 }
5781
5782 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5783 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5784 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5785 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5786 {
5787 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5788 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5789 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5790 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5791 return TRUE;
5792 }
5793
5794 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5795 is not a function. */
5796
5797 return TRUE;
5798}
5799
5800/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5801 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5802 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5803
5804bfd_boolean
5805_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5806 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5807{
5808 asection *ri;
5809
5810 bfd *dynobj;
5811 asection *s;
5812 struct mips_got_info *g;
5813 int i;
5814 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5815 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5816 bfd *sub;
5817
5818 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5819 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5820 if (ri != NULL)
5821 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5822
5823 if (! (info->relocatable
5824 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5825 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5826 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
5827
5828 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5829 if (dynobj == NULL)
5830 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5831 return TRUE;
5832
5833 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5834 if (s == NULL)
5835 return TRUE;
5836
5837 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5838 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5839 required. */
5840 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5841 {
5842 asection *subsection;
5843
5844 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5845 subsection;
5846 subsection = subsection->next)
5847 {
5848 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5849 continue;
5850 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5851 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5852 }
5853 }
5854
5855 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5856 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5857 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5858 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5859 do that here. */
5860 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5861 return FALSE;
5862
5863 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5864 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5865 else
5866 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5867 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5868 i = 0;
5869
5870 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5871 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5872 rld. */
5873 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5874
5875 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5876 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5877 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5878
5879 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5880 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5881
5882 g->global_gotno = i;
5883 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5884
5885 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5886 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5887 return FALSE;
5888
5889 return TRUE;
5890}
5891
5892/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5893
5894bfd_boolean
5895_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5896 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5897{
5898 bfd *dynobj;
5899 asection *s;
5900 bfd_boolean reltext;
5901
5902 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5903 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5904
5905 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5906 {
5907 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5908 if (info->executable)
5909 {
5910 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5911 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5912 s->_raw_size
5913 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5914 s->contents
5915 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5916 }
5917 }
5918
5919 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5920 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5921 memory for them. */
5922 reltext = FALSE;
5923 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5924 {
5925 const char *name;
5926 bfd_boolean strip;
5927
5928 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5929 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5930 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5931
5932 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5933 continue;
5934
5935 strip = FALSE;
5936
5937 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5938 {
5939 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5940 {
5941 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5942 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5943 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5944 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5945 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5946 if (s->output_section != NULL
5947 && strcmp (name,
5948 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5949 s->output_section)) == 0)
5950 strip = TRUE;
5951 }
5952 else
5953 {
5954 const char *outname;
5955 asection *target;
5956
5957 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5958 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5959 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5960 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5961 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5962 not. */
5963 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5964 s->output_section);
5965 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5966 if ((target != NULL
5967 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5968 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5969 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5970 reltext = TRUE;
5971
5972 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5973 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5974 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5975 s->reloc_count = 0;
5976
5977 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5978 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5979 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5980 will move them around between input sections'
5981 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5982 broken, so don't let it run. */
5983 info->combreloc = 0;
5984 }
5985 }
5986 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5987 {
5988 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5989 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5990 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5991 hash tables. */
5992 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5993 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
5994 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
5995 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
5996
5997 if (gg->next)
5998 {
5999 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6000 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
6001
6002 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
6003 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6004 {
6005 unsigned int save_assign;
6006
6007 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
6008
6009 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6010 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
6011 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
6012 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
6013 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
6014 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
6015 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
6016 &set_got_offset_arg);
6017 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
6018 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
6019 <= g->global_gotno);
6020
6021 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
6022 if (info->shared)
6023 {
6024 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
6025 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
6026 + g->next->global_gotno
6027 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
6028 }
6029 }
6030
6031 if (needed_relocs)
6032 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
6033 }
6034 }
6035 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
6036 {
6037 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6038 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6039 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6040 }
6041 else if (! info->shared
6042 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6043 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6044 {
6045 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6046 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6047 s->_raw_size += 4;
6048 }
6049 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
6050 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6051 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
6052 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
6053 {
6054 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6055 continue;
6056 }
6057
6058 if (strip)
6059 {
6060 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
6061 continue;
6062 }
6063
6064 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6065 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
6066 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
6067 {
6068 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
6069 return FALSE;
6070 }
6071 }
6072
6073 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6074 {
6075 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6076 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6077 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6078 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6079 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6080 if (! info->shared)
6081 {
6082 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6083 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6084 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
6085 return FALSE;
6086 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6087 {
6088 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6089 return FALSE;
6090 }
6091 }
6092 else
6093 {
6094 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6095 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6096 {
6097 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6098 return FALSE;
6099 }
6100 }
6101
6102 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6103 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6104
6105 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
6106 {
6107 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
6108 return FALSE;
6109 }
6110
6111 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
6112 return FALSE;
6113
6114 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
6115 {
6116 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
6117 return FALSE;
6118
6119 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
6120 return FALSE;
6121
6122 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
6123 return FALSE;
6124 }
6125
6126 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
6127 return FALSE;
6128
6129 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
6130 return FALSE;
6131
6132#if 0
6133 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6134 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
6135 return FALSE;
6136#endif
6137
6138#if 0 /* FIXME */
6139 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
6140 return FALSE;
6141#endif
6142
6143#if 0 /* FIXME */
6144 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
6145 return FALSE;
6146#endif
6147
6148 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
6149 return FALSE;
6150
6151 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
6152 return FALSE;
6153
6154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
6155 return FALSE;
6156
6157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
6158 return FALSE;
6159
6160 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
6161 return FALSE;
6162
6163 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
6164 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
6165 return FALSE;
6166
6167 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
6168 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6169 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
6170 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
6171 return FALSE;
6172 }
6173
6174 return TRUE;
6175}
6176
6177/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6178
6179bfd_boolean
6180_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6181 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
6182 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6183 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6184 asection **local_sections)
6185{
6186 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6187 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6188 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6189 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6190 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6191
6192 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
6193 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6194 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
6195 {
6196 const char *name;
6197 bfd_vma value;
6198 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6199 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
6200 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6201 REL relocation. */
6202 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
6203 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6204 const char *msg;
6205
6206 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6207 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6208 {
6209 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6210 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6211 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6212 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6213 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6214 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6215 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6216
6217 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6218 of the reloc. */
6219 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6220 rel->r_offset += 4;
6221 }
6222 else
6223 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6224 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6225 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6226 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6227 (input_bfd, input_section,
6228 rel - relocs)));
6229
6230 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6231 {
6232 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6233
6234 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6235 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6236 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6237 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6238 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6239 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6240 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6241 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6242 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6243 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6244 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6245 {
6246 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6247 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6248
6249 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6250 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6251 contents);
6252 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6253
6254 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6255 combination of the addend stored in two different
6256 relocations. */
6257 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6258 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6259 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6260 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6261 local_sections, FALSE)))
6262 {
6263 bfd_vma l;
6264 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6265 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6266 unsigned int lo;
6267
6268 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6269 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6270 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6271 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6272 the LO16 value.)
6273
6274 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6275 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6276 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6277 else
6278 lo = R_MIPS_LO16;
6279 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6280 rel, relend);
6281 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6282 return FALSE;
6283
6284 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6285 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6286 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6287 input_bfd, contents);
6288 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6289 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6290 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6291
6292 addend <<= 16;
6293
6294 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6295 addend += l;
6296
6297 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6298 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6299 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6300 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6301 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6302 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6303 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6304 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6305 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6306 }
6307 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6308 {
6309 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6310 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6311 format. */
6312 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6313 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6314 | (addend & 0x1f));
6315 }
6316 else
6317 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6318 }
6319 else
6320 addend = rel->r_addend;
6321 }
6322
6323 if (info->relocatable)
6324 {
6325 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6326 unsigned long r_symndx;
6327
6328 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6329 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6330 rel->r_offset -= 4;
6331
6332 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6333 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6334 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6335 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6336 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6337 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6338
6339 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6340 FALSE))
6341 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6342 continue;
6343
6344 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6345 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6346 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6347 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6348 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6349 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6350
6351 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6352 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6353 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6354 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6355 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6356
6357 if (rela_relocation_p)
6358 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6359 rel->r_addend = addend;
6360 else
6361 {
6362 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6363 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6364 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6365 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6366 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6367 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6368 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6369 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6370 else
6371 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6372
6373 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6374 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6375 source of the addend in the final link. */
6376 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6377
6378 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6379 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6380 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6381 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6382 but for endianness. */
6383 {
6384 bfd_vma sign_bits;
6385 bfd_vma low_bits;
6386 bfd_vma high_bits;
6387
6388 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6389#ifdef BFD64
6390 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6391#else
6392 sign_bits = -1;
6393#endif
6394 else
6395 sign_bits = 0;
6396
6397 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6398 do two separate stores. */
6399 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6400 {
6401 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6402 first. */
6403 low_bits = sign_bits;
6404 high_bits = addend;
6405 }
6406 else
6407 {
6408 low_bits = addend;
6409 high_bits = sign_bits;
6410 }
6411 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6412 contents + rel->r_offset);
6413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6414 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6415 continue;
6416 }
6417
6418 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6419 input_bfd, input_section,
6420 contents, FALSE))
6421 return FALSE;
6422 }
6423
6424 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6425 continue;
6426 }
6427
6428 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6429 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6430 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6431 for the next. */
6432 if (rel + 1 < relend
6433 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6434 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6435 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6436 else
6437 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6438
6439 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6440 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6441 input_section, info, rel,
6442 addend, howto, local_syms,
6443 local_sections, &value,
6444 &name, &require_jalx,
6445 use_saved_addend_p))
6446 {
6447 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6448 /* There's nothing to do. */
6449 continue;
6450
6451 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6452 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6453 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6454 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6455 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6456 continue;
6457
6458 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6459 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6460 info->callbacks->warning
6461 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6462 return FALSE;
6463
6464 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6465 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6466 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6467 a given location. */
6468 ;
6469 else
6470 {
6471 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6472 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6473 (info, name, howto->name, 0,
6474 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6475 return FALSE;
6476 }
6477 break;
6478
6479 case bfd_reloc_ok:
6480 break;
6481
6482 default:
6483 abort ();
6484 break;
6485 }
6486
6487 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6488 until we reach the last one. */
6489 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6490 {
6491 addend = value;
6492 continue;
6493 }
6494
6495 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6496 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6497 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6498 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6499 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6500 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6501 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6502 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6503 {
6504 bfd_vma sign_bits;
6505 bfd_vma low_bits;
6506 bfd_vma high_bits;
6507
6508 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6509#ifdef BFD64
6510 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6511#else
6512 sign_bits = -1;
6513#endif
6514 else
6515 sign_bits = 0;
6516
6517 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6518 do two separate stores. */
6519 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6520 {
6521 /* Undo what we did above. */
6522 rel->r_offset -= 4;
6523 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6524 first. */
6525 low_bits = sign_bits;
6526 high_bits = value;
6527 }
6528 else
6529 {
6530 low_bits = value;
6531 high_bits = sign_bits;
6532 }
6533 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6534 contents + rel->r_offset);
6535 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6536 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6537 continue;
6538 }
6539
6540 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6541 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6542 input_bfd, input_section,
6543 contents, require_jalx))
6544 return FALSE;
6545 }
6546
6547 return TRUE;
6548}
6549
6550/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6551 adjust it appropriately now. */
6552
6553static void
6554mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6555 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6556{
6557 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6558 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6559 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6560 "_ftext",
6561 "_etext",
6562 "__dso_displacement",
6563 "__elf_header",
6564 "__program_header_table",
6565 NULL
6566 };
6567
6568 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6569 "_fdata",
6570 "_edata",
6571 "_end",
6572 "_fbss",
6573 NULL
6574 };
6575
6576 const char* const *p;
6577 int i;
6578
6579 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6580 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6581 *p;
6582 ++p)
6583 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6584 {
6585 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6586 IRIX6 linker. */
6587 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6588 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6589
6590 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6591 if (i == 0)
6592 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6593 else
6594 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6595
6596 break;
6597 }
6598}
6599
6600/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6601 dynamic sections here. */
6602
6603bfd_boolean
6604_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
6605 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6606 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6607 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6608{
6609 bfd *dynobj;
6610 bfd_vma gval;
6611 asection *sgot;
6612 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6613 const char *name;
6614
6615 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6616 gval = sym->st_value;
6617
6618 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6619 {
6620 asection *s;
6621 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6622
6623 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6624
6625 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6626
6627 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6628 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6629 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6630
6631 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6632 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6633 return FALSE;
6634
6635 /* Fill the stub. */
6636 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6637 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6638 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6639 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6640
6641 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6642 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6643
6644 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6645 only for the referenced symbol. */
6646 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6647
6648 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6649 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6650 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6651 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6652 sym->st_value = gval;
6653 }
6654
6655 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6656 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6657
6658 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6659 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6660 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6661 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6662 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6663
6664 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6665 the symbols that need them. */
6666 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6667 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6668 {
6669 bfd_vma offset;
6670 bfd_vma value;
6671
6672 value = sym->st_value;
6673 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6674 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6675 }
6676
6677 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6678 {
6679 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6680 bfd_vma entry;
6681 bfd_vma offset;
6682
6683 gg = g;
6684
6685 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6686 e.symndx = -1;
6687 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6688
6689 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6690 {
6691 if (g->got_entries
6692 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6693 &e)))
6694 {
6695 offset = p->gotidx;
6696 if (info->shared
6697 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6698 && p->d.h != NULL
6699 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6700 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6701 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6702 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6703 {
6704 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6705 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6706 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6707 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6708 appropriate addend. */
6709 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6710
6711 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6712 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6713 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
6714 else
6715 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
6716 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6717
6718 entry = 0;
6719 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6720 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6721 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
6722 return FALSE;
6723 }
6724 else
6725 entry = sym->st_value;
6726 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
6727 }
6728 }
6729 }
6730
6731 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6732 name = h->root.root.string;
6733 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6734 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6735 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6736 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6737 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6738 {
6739 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6740 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6741 sym->st_value = 1;
6742 }
6743 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6744 {
6745 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6746 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6747 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6748 }
6749 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6750 {
6751 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6752 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6753 {
6754 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6755 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6756 sym->st_value = 0;
6757 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6758 }
6759 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6760 {
6761 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6762 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6763 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6764 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6765 }
6766 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6767 {
6768 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6769 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6770 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6771 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6772 }
6773 }
6774
6775 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6776 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6777 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6778
6779 if (! info->shared)
6780 {
6781 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6782 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6783 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6784 {
6785 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6786 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6787 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
6789 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6790 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6791 }
6792 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6793 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6794 {
6795 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6796 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6797 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6798 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6799 != NULL);
6800 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6801 }
6802 }
6803
6804 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6805 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
6806 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
6807 --sym->st_value;
6808
6809 return TRUE;
6810}
6811
6812/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6813
6814bfd_boolean
6815_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6816 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6817{
6818 bfd *dynobj;
6819 asection *sdyn;
6820 asection *sgot;
6821 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6822
6823 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6824
6825 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6826
6827 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6828 if (sgot == NULL)
6829 gg = g = NULL;
6830 else
6831 {
6832 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6833 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6834 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6835 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6836 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6837 }
6838
6839 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6840 {
6841 bfd_byte *b;
6842
6843 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6844 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6845
6846 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6847 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6848 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6849 {
6850 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6851 const char *name;
6852 size_t elemsize;
6853 asection *s;
6854 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6855
6856 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6857 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6858
6859 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6860 swap_out_p = TRUE;
6861
6862 switch (dyn.d_tag)
6863 {
6864 case DT_RELENT:
6865 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6866 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6867 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6868 break;
6869
6870 case DT_STRSZ:
6871 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6872 dyn.d_un.d_val =
6873 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6874 break;
6875
6876 case DT_PLTGOT:
6877 name = ".got";
6878 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6879 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6880 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6881 break;
6882
6883 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6884 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6885 break;
6886
6887 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
6888 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6889 break;
6890
6891 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6892 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6893 break;
6894
6895 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6896 /* XXX FIXME: */
6897 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6898 break;
6899
6900 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6901 /* XXX FIXME: */
6902 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6903 break;
6904
6905 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6906 s = output_bfd->sections;
6907 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6908 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6909 break;
6910
6911 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6912 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6913 break;
6914
6915 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6916 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6917 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6918 referenced within the same object. */
6919 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6920 break;
6921
6922 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6923 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6924 {
6925 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6926 break;
6927 }
6928 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6929 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6930 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6931
6932 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6933 name = ".dynsym";
6934 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6935 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6936 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6937
6938 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6939 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6940 else
6941 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6942 break;
6943
6944 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6945 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6946 break;
6947
6948 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6949 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6950 break;
6951
6952 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6953 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6954 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6955 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6956 break;
6957
6958 case DT_RELSZ:
6959 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6960 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6961 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6962 are trailing null entries. */
6963 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6964 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
6965 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6966 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
6967 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6968 break;
6969
6970 default:
6971 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6972 break;
6973 }
6974
6975 if (swap_out_p)
6976 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6977 (dynobj, &dyn, b);
6978 }
6979 }
6980
6981 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6982 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6983 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6984 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
6985 {
6986 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
6987 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
6988 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6989 }
6990
6991 if (sgot != NULL)
6992 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6993 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6994
6995 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6996 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
6997 {
6998 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6999 bfd_vma addend = 0;
7000
7001 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
7002 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
7003
7004 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7005 {
7006 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
7007
7008 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
7009 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7010 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
7011 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7012
7013 if (! info->shared)
7014 continue;
7015
7016 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
7017 {
7018 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
7019 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7020 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7021 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
7022 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
7023 0, &addend, sgot)))
7024 return FALSE;
7025 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
7026 }
7027 }
7028 }
7029
7030 {
7031 asection *s;
7032 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
7033
7034 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
7035 {
7036 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7037 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
7038 if (s != NULL)
7039 {
7040 cpt.id1 = 1;
7041 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
7042 cpt.id2 = 2;
7043 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
7044 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
7045 cpt.reserved0 = 0;
7046 cpt.reserved1 = 0;
7047 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
7048 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
7049 s->contents));
7050
7051 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7052 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
7053 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
7054 if (s != NULL)
7055 {
7056 file_ptr dummy_offset;
7057
7058 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7059 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
7060 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
7061 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7062 }
7063 }
7064 }
7065
7066 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7067
7068 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7069
7070 if (s != NULL
7071 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
7072 {
7073 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
7074
7075 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
7076 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7077 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
7078 else
7079 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7080 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
7081 }
7082 }
7083
7084 return TRUE;
7085}
7086
7087
7088/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7089
7090static void
7091mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
7092{
7093 flagword val;
7094
7095 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
7096 {
7097 default:
7098 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
7099 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
7100 break;
7101
7102 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
7103 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
7104 break;
7105
7106 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
7107 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
7108 break;
7109
7110 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
7111 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
7112 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7113 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7114 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7115 break;
7116
7117 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7118 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7119 break;
7120
7121 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7122 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7123 break;
7124
7125 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7126 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7127 break;
7128
7129 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7130 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7131 break;
7132
7133 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7134 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7135 break;
7136
7137 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7138 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7139 break;
7140
7141 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7142 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7143 break;
7144
| 4097 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4098 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4099
4100 default:
4101 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4102 {
4103 default:
4104 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
4105 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4106 break;
4107
4108 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
4109 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4110 break;
4111
4112 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
4113 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4114 break;
4115
4116 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
4117 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4118 break;
4119
4120 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
4121 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4122 break;
4123
4124 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4125 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4126 break;
4127
4128 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4129 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4130 break;
4131
4132 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4133 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4134 break;
4135
4136 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
4137 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
4138 break;
4139 }
4140 }
4141
4142 return 0;
4143}
4144
4145/* Return printable name for ABI. */
4146
4147static INLINE char *
4148elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
4149{
4150 flagword flags;
4151
4152 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4153 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4154 {
4155 case 0:
4156 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4157 return "N32";
4158 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4159 return "64";
4160 else
4161 return "none";
4162 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4163 return "O32";
4164 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4165 return "O64";
4166 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4167 return "EABI32";
4168 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4169 return "EABI64";
4170 default:
4171 return "unknown abi";
4172 }
4173}
4174
4175/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4176 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4177 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4178 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4179 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4180static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4181static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4182static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4183
4184/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4185 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4186 definition in a shared library. */
4187static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4188static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4189static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4190
4191/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4192 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4193
4194void
4195_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
4196{
4197 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4198
4199 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4200 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4201 {
4202 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4203 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4204 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4205 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4206 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4207 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4208 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4209 {
4210 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4211 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4212 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4213 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4214 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4215 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4216 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4217 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4218 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4219 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4220 }
4221 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4222 break;
4223
4224 case SHN_COMMON:
4225 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4226 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4227 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4228 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4229 break;
4230 /* Fall through. */
4231 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4232 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4233 {
4234 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4235 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4236 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4237 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4238 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4239 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4240 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4241 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4242 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4243 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4244 }
4245 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4246 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4247 break;
4248
4249 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4250 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4251 break;
4252
4253#if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4254 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
4255 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4256 break;
4257
4258 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
4259 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4260 break;
4261#endif
4262 }
4263}
4264
4265/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4266 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4267 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4268
4269 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4270 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4271 jalr $25
4272
4273 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4274 will jump there rather than to .text.
4275
4276 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4277 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4278
4279bfd_boolean
4280_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
4281{
4282 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
4283}
4284
4285/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4286 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4287 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4288 a better way. */
4289
4290bfd_boolean
4291_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
4292{
4293 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4294 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4295 {
4296 bfd_byte buf[4];
4297
4298 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4299 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4300
4301 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4302 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4303 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4304 return FALSE;
4305 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4306 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4307 return FALSE;
4308 }
4309
4310 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4311 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4312 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4313 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4314 {
4315 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4316
4317 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4318 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4319 so that we don't have to read them again.
4320 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4321 through the section contents to see if there is an
4322 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4323
4324 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4325 l = contents;
4326 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4327 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4328 {
4329 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4330
4331 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4332 &intopt);
4333 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4334 {
4335 bfd_byte buf[8];
4336
4337 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4338 (hdr->sh_offset
4339 + (l - contents)
4340 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4341 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4342 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4343 return FALSE;
4344 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4345 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
4346 return FALSE;
4347 }
4348 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4349 {
4350 bfd_byte buf[4];
4351
4352 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
4353 (hdr->sh_offset
4354 + (l - contents)
4355 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4356 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4357 SEEK_SET) != 0)
4358 return FALSE;
4359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4360 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4361 return FALSE;
4362 }
4363 l += intopt.size;
4364 }
4365 }
4366
4367 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4368 {
4369 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4370
4371 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4372 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4373 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4374 {
4375 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4376 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4377 }
4378 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4379 {
4380 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4381 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4382 }
4383 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4384 {
4385 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4386 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4387 }
4388 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4389 {
4390 hdr->sh_flags = 0;
4391 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4392 }
4393 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4394 {
4395 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4396 {
4397 unsigned int adjust;
4398
4399 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4400 if (adjust != 0)
4401 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4402 }
4403 }
4404 }
4405
4406 return TRUE;
4407}
4408
4409/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4410 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4411 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4412
4413 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4414 how to. */
4415
4416bfd_boolean
4417_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
4418 const char *name)
4419{
4420 flagword flags = 0;
4421
4422 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4423 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4424 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4425 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4426 probably get away with this. */
4427 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4428 {
4429 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4430 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4431 return FALSE;
4432 break;
4433 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
4434 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4435 return FALSE;
4436 break;
4437 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4438 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4439 return FALSE;
4440 break;
4441 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4442 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4443 return FALSE;
4444 break;
4445 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4446 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4447 return FALSE;
4448 break;
4449 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4450 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4451 return FALSE;
4452 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4453 break;
4454 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4455 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4456 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4457 return FALSE;
4458 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4459 break;
4460 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4461 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4462 return FALSE;
4463 break;
4464 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4465 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4466 return FALSE;
4467 break;
4468 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4469 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4470 return FALSE;
4471 break;
4472 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4473 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4474 return FALSE;
4475 break;
4476 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4477 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4478 return FALSE;
4479 break;
4480 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4481 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4482 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4483 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4484 return FALSE;
4485 break;
4486 default:
4487 return FALSE;
4488 }
4489
4490 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4491 return FALSE;
4492
4493 if (flags)
4494 {
4495 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4496 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4497 hdr->bfd_section)
4498 | flags)))
4499 return FALSE;
4500 }
4501
4502 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4503
4504 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4505 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4506 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4507 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4508 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4509 {
4510 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4511 Elf32_RegInfo s;
4512
4513 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4514 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
4515 return FALSE;
4516 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4517 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4518 }
4519
4520 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4521 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4522 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4523 they should agree. */
4524 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4525 {
4526 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4527
4528 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4529 if (contents == NULL)
4530 return FALSE;
4531 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4532 0, hdr->sh_size))
4533 {
4534 free (contents);
4535 return FALSE;
4536 }
4537 l = contents;
4538 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4539 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4540 {
4541 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4542
4543 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4544 &intopt);
4545 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4546 {
4547 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4548
4549 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4550 (abfd,
4551 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4552 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4553 &intreg);
4554 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4555 }
4556 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4557 {
4558 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4559
4560 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4561 (abfd,
4562 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4563 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4564 &intreg);
4565 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4566 }
4567 l += intopt.size;
4568 }
4569 free (contents);
4570 }
4571
4572 return TRUE;
4573}
4574
4575/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4576 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4577 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4578
4579bfd_boolean
4580_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
4581{
4582 register const char *name;
4583
4584 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4585
4586 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4587 {
4588 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4589 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4590 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4591 }
4592 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4593 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4594 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4595 {
4596 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4597 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4598 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4599 }
4600 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4601 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4602 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4603 {
4604 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4605 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4606 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4607 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4608 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4609 else
4610 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4611 }
4612 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4613 {
4614 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4615 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4616 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4617 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4618 {
4619 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4620 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4621 else
4622 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4623 }
4624 else
4625 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4626 }
4627 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4628 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4629 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4630 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4631 {
4632 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4633 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4634#if 0
4635 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4636 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4637#endif
4638 }
4639 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4640 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4641 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4642 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4643 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4644 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4645 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4646 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4647 {
4648 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4649 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4650 }
4651 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4652 {
4653 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4654 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4655 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4656 }
4657 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4658 {
4659 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4660 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4661 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4662 }
4663 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4664 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4665 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4666 {
4667 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4668 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4669 final_write_processing. */
4670 }
4671 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4672 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4673 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4674 {
4675 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4676 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4677 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4678 }
4679 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4680 {
4681 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4682 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4683 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4684 }
4685
4686 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4687 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4688 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4689 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4690 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4691
4692 return TRUE;
4693}
4694
4695/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4696 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4697 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4698 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4699 the .scommon section. */
4700
4701bfd_boolean
4702_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4703 asection *sec, int *retval)
4704{
4705 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4706 {
4707 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4708 return TRUE;
4709 }
4710 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4711 {
4712 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4713 return TRUE;
4714 }
4715 return FALSE;
4716}
4717
4718/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4719 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4720
4721bfd_boolean
4722_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4723 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
4724 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4725 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
4726{
4727 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4728 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4729 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4730 {
4731 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4732 *namep = NULL;
4733 return TRUE;
4734 }
4735
4736 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4737 {
4738 case SHN_COMMON:
4739 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4740 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4741 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4742 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4743 break;
4744 /* Fall through. */
4745 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4746 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4747 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4748 *valp = sym->st_size;
4749 break;
4750
4751 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
4752 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4753 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4754 {
4755 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4756 asection *elf_text_section;
4757 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4758
4759 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4760 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4761 return FALSE;
4762
4763 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4764 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4765 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4766 return FALSE;
4767
4768 /* Initialize the section. */
4769
4770 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4771 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4772
4773 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4774 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4775
4776 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4777 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4778 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4779 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4780 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4781 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4782 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4783 }
4784 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4785 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4786 so I took it out. */
4787 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4788 break;
4789
4790 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4791 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4792 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
4793 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4794 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4795 {
4796 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4797 asection *elf_data_section;
4798 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4799
4800 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4801 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4802 return FALSE;
4803
4804 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4805 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4806 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4807 return FALSE;
4808
4809 /* Initialize the section. */
4810
4811 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4812 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4813
4814 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4815 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4816
4817 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4818 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4819 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4820 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4821 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4822 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4823 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4824 }
4825 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4826 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4827 so I took it out. */
4828 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4829 break;
4830
4831 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4832 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4833 break;
4834 }
4835
4836 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4837 && ! info->shared
4838 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4839 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4840 {
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4843
4844 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4845 bh = NULL;
4846 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4847 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
4848 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4849 return FALSE;
4850
4851 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4852 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4853 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4854 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4855
4856 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4857 return FALSE;
4858
4859 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4860 }
4861
4862 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4863 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4864 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4865 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4866 ++*valp;
4867
4868 return TRUE;
4869}
4870
4871/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4872 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4873 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4874
4875bfd_boolean
4876_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4877 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4878 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4879 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4880{
4881 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4882 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4883 common in the output file. */
4884 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4885 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4886 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4887
4888 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
4889 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
4890 --sym->st_value;
4891
4892 return TRUE;
4893}
4894
4895/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4896
4897/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4898
4899bfd_boolean
4900_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4901{
4902 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4903 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4904 flagword flags;
4905 register asection *s;
4906 const char * const *namep;
4907
4908 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4909 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4910
4911 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4912 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4913 if (s != NULL)
4914 {
4915 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4916 return FALSE;
4917 }
4918
4919 /* We need to create .got section. */
4920 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4921 return FALSE;
4922
4923 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4924 return FALSE;
4925
4926 /* Create .stub section. */
4927 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4928 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4929 {
4930 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4931 if (s == NULL
4932 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4933 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4934 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4935 return FALSE;
4936 }
4937
4938 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4939 && !info->shared
4940 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4941 {
4942 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4943 if (s == NULL
4944 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4945 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4946 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4947 return FALSE;
4948 }
4949
4950 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4951 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4952 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4953 the linker takes such action. */
4954 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4955 {
4956 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4957 {
4958 bh = NULL;
4959 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4960 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
4961 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4962 return FALSE;
4963
4964 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4965 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4966 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4967 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4968
4969 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4970 return FALSE;
4971 }
4972
4973 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4974 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4975 {
4976 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4977 return FALSE;
4978 }
4979
4980 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4981 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4982 if (s != NULL)
4983 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4984 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4985 if (s != NULL)
4986 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4987 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4988 if (s != NULL)
4989 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4990 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4991 if (s != NULL)
4992 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4993 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4994 if (s != NULL)
4995 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4996 }
4997
4998 if (!info->shared)
4999 {
5000 const char *name;
5001
5002 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5003 bh = NULL;
5004 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5005 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
5006 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5007 return FALSE;
5008
5009 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5010 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5011 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5012 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5013
5014 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5015 return FALSE;
5016
5017 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
5018 {
5019 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5020 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5021 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5022 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5023 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
5024 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5025
5026 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5027 bh = NULL;
5028 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5029 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
5030 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5031 return FALSE;
5032
5033 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5034 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5035 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5036 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5037
5038 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5039 return FALSE;
5040 }
5041 }
5042
5043 return TRUE;
5044}
5045
5046/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5047 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5048
5049bfd_boolean
5050_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5051 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5052{
5053 const char *name;
5054 bfd *dynobj;
5055 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5056 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5057 struct mips_got_info *g;
5058 size_t extsymoff;
5059 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5060 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5061 asection *sgot;
5062 asection *sreloc;
5063 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5064
5065 if (info->relocatable)
5066 return TRUE;
5067
5068 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5069 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5070 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5071 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5072
5073 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5074
5075 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5076 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5077 {
5078 unsigned long r_symndx;
5079
5080 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5081 this is for. */
5082
5083 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5084
5085 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5086 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5087 {
5088 asection *o;
5089
5090 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5091 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5092 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5093 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5094 {
5095 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5096 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5097
5098 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5099 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5100 || o->reloc_count == 0
5101 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5102 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5103 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5104 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5105 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5106 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5107 continue;
5108
5109 sec_relocs
5110 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
5111 info->keep_memory);
5112 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5113 return FALSE;
5114
5115 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5116 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5117 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5118 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5119 break;
5120
5121 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5122 free (sec_relocs);
5123
5124 if (r < rend)
5125 break;
5126 }
5127
5128 if (o == NULL)
5129 {
5130 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5131 not need it. Since this function is called before
5132 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5133 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5134 flag. */
5135 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5136 return TRUE;
5137 }
5138
5139 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5140 this BFD. */
5141 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5142 {
5143 unsigned long symcount;
5144 asection **n;
5145 bfd_size_type amt;
5146
5147 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5148 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5149 else
5150 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5151 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5152 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5153 if (n == NULL)
5154 return FALSE;
5155 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5156 }
5157
5158 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5159
5160 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5161 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5162 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5163 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5164 }
5165 else
5166 {
5167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5168
5169 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5170 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5171
5172 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5173
5174 h->fn_stub = sec;
5175 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5176 }
5177 }
5178 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5179 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5180 {
5181 unsigned long r_symndx;
5182 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5183 asection **loc;
5184
5185 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5186 this is for. */
5187
5188 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5189
5190 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5191 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5192 {
5193 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5194 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5195 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5196 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5197 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5198 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5199 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5200 return TRUE;
5201 }
5202
5203 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5204 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5205
5206 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5207
5208 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5209 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5210 else
5211 loc = &h->call_stub;
5212
5213 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5214 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5215 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5216 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5217 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5218 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5219 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5220 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5221 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5222 {
5223 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5224 return TRUE;
5225 }
5226
5227 *loc = sec;
5228 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5229 }
5230
5231 if (dynobj == NULL)
5232 {
5233 sgot = NULL;
5234 g = NULL;
5235 }
5236 else
5237 {
5238 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5239 if (sgot == NULL)
5240 g = NULL;
5241 else
5242 {
5243 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5244 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5245 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 sreloc = NULL;
5250 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5251 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5252 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5253 {
5254 unsigned long r_symndx;
5255 unsigned int r_type;
5256 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5257
5258 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5259 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5260
5261 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5262 h = NULL;
5263 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5264 {
5265 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5266 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5267 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5269 return FALSE;
5270 }
5271 else
5272 {
5273 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5274
5275 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5276 if (h != NULL)
5277 {
5278 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5279 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5280 }
5281 }
5282
5283 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5284 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5285 {
5286 switch (r_type)
5287 {
5288 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5289 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5290 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5291 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5292 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5293 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5294 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5295 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5296 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5297 if (dynobj == NULL)
5298 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5299 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5300 return FALSE;
5301 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5302 break;
5303
5304 case R_MIPS_32:
5305 case R_MIPS_REL32:
5306 case R_MIPS_64:
5307 if (dynobj == NULL
5308 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5309 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5310 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5311 break;
5312
5313 default:
5314 break;
5315 }
5316 }
5317
5318 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5319 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5320 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5321 {
5322 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5323 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5324 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5325 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5326 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5327 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5328 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5329 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5330 rel->r_addend, g))
5331 return FALSE;
5332 }
5333
5334 switch (r_type)
5335 {
5336 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5337 if (h == NULL)
5338 {
5339 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5340 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5341 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5343 return FALSE;
5344 }
5345 /* Fall through. */
5346
5347 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5348 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5349 if (h != NULL)
5350 {
5351 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5352 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5353 return FALSE;
5354
5355 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5356 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5357 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5358 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5359 h->type = STT_FUNC;
5360 }
5361 break;
5362
5363 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5364 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5365 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5366 if (h == NULL)
5367 break;
5368 else
5369 {
5370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
5371 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5372
5373 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5374 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5375 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5376 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
5377
5378 if ((hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)
5379 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
5380 && ! (hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags
5381 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5382 break;
5383 }
5384 /* Fall through. */
5385
5386 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5387 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5388 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5389 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5390 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5391 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5392 return FALSE;
5393 break;
5394
5395 case R_MIPS_32:
5396 case R_MIPS_REL32:
5397 case R_MIPS_64:
5398 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5399 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5400 {
5401 if (sreloc == NULL)
5402 {
5403 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5404 if (sreloc == NULL)
5405 return FALSE;
5406 }
5407#define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5408 if (info->shared)
5409 {
5410 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5411 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5412 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5413 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5414 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5415 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5416 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5417 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5418 relocations against the text segment. */
5419 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5420 }
5421 else
5422 {
5423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5424
5425 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5426 defined in a dynamic object. */
5427 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5428 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5429 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5430 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5431 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5432 are relocations against the text segment. */
5433 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5434 }
5435
5436 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5437 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5438 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5439 dynamic relocations against it. */
5440 if (h != NULL)
5441 {
5442 if (dynobj == NULL)
5443 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5444 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5445 return FALSE;
5446 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5447 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5448 return FALSE;
5449 }
5450 }
5451
5452 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5453 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5454 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5455 break;
5456
5457 case R_MIPS_26:
5458 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5459 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5460 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5461 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5462 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5463 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5464 break;
5465
5466 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5467 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5468 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5469 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5470 return FALSE;
5471 break;
5472
5473 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5474 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5475 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5476 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5477 return FALSE;
5478 break;
5479
5480 default:
5481 break;
5482 }
5483
5484 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5485 related to taking the function's address. */
5486 switch (r_type)
5487 {
5488 default:
5489 if (h != NULL)
5490 {
5491 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5492
5493 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5494 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5495 }
5496 break;
5497 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5498 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5499 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5500 case R_MIPS_JALR:
5501 break;
5502 }
5503
5504 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5505 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5506 References from a stub section do not count. */
5507 if (h != NULL
5508 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5509 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5510 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5511 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5512 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5513 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5514 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5515 {
5516 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5517
5518 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5519 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5520 }
5521 }
5522
5523 return TRUE;
5524}
5525
5526bfd_boolean
5527_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
5528 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5529 bfd_boolean *again)
5530{
5531 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
5532 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5533 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5534 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5535 bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
5536 size_t extsymoff;
5537 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
5538 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5539 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5540
5541 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5542 *again = FALSE;
5543
5544 if (link_info->relocatable)
5545 return TRUE;
5546
5547 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
5548 link_info->keep_memory);
5549 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5550 return TRUE;
5551
5552 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
5553 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5554 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5555 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5556
5557 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
5558 {
5559 bfd_vma symval;
5560 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
5561 unsigned int r_type;
5562 unsigned long r_symndx;
5563 asection *sym_sec;
5564 unsigned long instruction;
5565
5566 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5567 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5568 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5569 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
5570 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
5571 continue;
5572
5573 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
5574 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5575 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
5576 {
5577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
5578 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5579 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5580
5581 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5582 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5583 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5584
5585 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5586 skip it. */
5587 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5588 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5589 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5590 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
5591 && ! (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5592 continue;
5593
5594 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5595 if (sym_sec->output_section)
5596 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5597 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5598 + sym_sec->output_offset);
5599 else
5600 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5601 }
5602 else
5603 {
5604 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5605
5606 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5607 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5608 {
5609 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5610 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5611 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
5612 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5613 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5614 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5615 goto relax_return;
5616 }
5617
5618 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
5619 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5620 continue;
5621 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5622 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5623 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5624 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5625 else
5626 sym_sec
5627 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5628 symval = isym->st_value
5629 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5630 + sym_sec->output_offset;
5631 }
5632
5633 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5634 branch target. */
5635 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
5636 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
5637
5638 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5639 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
5640 continue;
5641
5642 sym_offset >>= 2;
5643
5644 /* Check that it's in range. */
5645 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
5646 continue;
5647
5648 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5649 if (contents == NULL)
5650 {
5651 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5652 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
5653 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
5654 else
5655 {
5656 contents = bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
5657 if (contents == NULL)
5658 goto relax_return;
5659
5660 free_contents = contents;
5661 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
5662 0, sec->_raw_size))
5663 goto relax_return;
5664 }
5665 }
5666
5667 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
5668
5669 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5670 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5671 instruction = 0x04110000;
5672 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5673 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5674 instruction = 0x10000000;
5675 else
5676 continue;
5677
5678 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
5679 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
5680 changed_contents = TRUE;
5681 }
5682
5683 if (contents != NULL
5684 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5685 {
5686 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
5687 free (contents);
5688 else
5689 {
5690 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5691 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
5692 }
5693 }
5694 return TRUE;
5695
5696 relax_return:
5697 if (free_contents != NULL)
5698 free (free_contents);
5699 return FALSE;
5700}
5701
5702/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5703 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5704 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5705 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5706 understand. */
5707
5708bfd_boolean
5709_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5710 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5711{
5712 bfd *dynobj;
5713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5714 asection *s;
5715
5716 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5717
5718 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5719 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5720 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5721 || h->weakdef != NULL
5722 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5723 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5724 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5725 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5726 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5727 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5728
5729 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5730 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5731 file. */
5732 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5733 if (! info->relocatable
5734 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5735 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5736 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5737 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5738 {
5739 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5740 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5741 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5742 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5743 against the text segment. */
5744 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5745 }
5746
5747 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5748 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5749 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5750 {
5751 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5752 return TRUE;
5753
5754 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5755 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5756 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5757 executable and the shared library. */
5758 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5759 {
5760 /* We need .stub section. */
5761 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5762 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5763 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5764
5765 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5766 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5767
5768 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5769 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5770
5771 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5772 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5773
5774 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5775 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5776 return TRUE;
5777 }
5778 }
5779 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5780 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5781 {
5782 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5783 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5784 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5785 return TRUE;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5789 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5790 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5791 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5792 {
5793 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5794 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5795 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5796 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5797 return TRUE;
5798 }
5799
5800 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5801 is not a function. */
5802
5803 return TRUE;
5804}
5805
5806/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5807 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5808 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5809
5810bfd_boolean
5811_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5812 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5813{
5814 asection *ri;
5815
5816 bfd *dynobj;
5817 asection *s;
5818 struct mips_got_info *g;
5819 int i;
5820 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5821 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5822 bfd *sub;
5823
5824 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5825 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5826 if (ri != NULL)
5827 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5828
5829 if (! (info->relocatable
5830 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5831 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5832 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
5833
5834 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5835 if (dynobj == NULL)
5836 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5837 return TRUE;
5838
5839 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5840 if (s == NULL)
5841 return TRUE;
5842
5843 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5844 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5845 required. */
5846 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5847 {
5848 asection *subsection;
5849
5850 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5851 subsection;
5852 subsection = subsection->next)
5853 {
5854 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5855 continue;
5856 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5857 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5858 }
5859 }
5860
5861 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5862 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5863 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5864 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5865 do that here. */
5866 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5867 return FALSE;
5868
5869 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5870 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5871 else
5872 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5873 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5874 i = 0;
5875
5876 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5877 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5878 rld. */
5879 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5880
5881 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5882 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5883 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5884
5885 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5886 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5887
5888 g->global_gotno = i;
5889 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5890
5891 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5892 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5893 return FALSE;
5894
5895 return TRUE;
5896}
5897
5898/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5899
5900bfd_boolean
5901_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5902 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5903{
5904 bfd *dynobj;
5905 asection *s;
5906 bfd_boolean reltext;
5907
5908 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5909 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5910
5911 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5912 {
5913 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5914 if (info->executable)
5915 {
5916 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5917 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5918 s->_raw_size
5919 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5920 s->contents
5921 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5922 }
5923 }
5924
5925 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5926 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5927 memory for them. */
5928 reltext = FALSE;
5929 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5930 {
5931 const char *name;
5932 bfd_boolean strip;
5933
5934 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5935 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5936 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5937
5938 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5939 continue;
5940
5941 strip = FALSE;
5942
5943 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5944 {
5945 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5946 {
5947 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5948 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5949 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5950 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5951 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5952 if (s->output_section != NULL
5953 && strcmp (name,
5954 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5955 s->output_section)) == 0)
5956 strip = TRUE;
5957 }
5958 else
5959 {
5960 const char *outname;
5961 asection *target;
5962
5963 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5964 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5965 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5966 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5967 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5968 not. */
5969 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5970 s->output_section);
5971 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5972 if ((target != NULL
5973 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5974 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5975 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5976 reltext = TRUE;
5977
5978 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5979 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5980 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5981 s->reloc_count = 0;
5982
5983 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5984 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5985 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5986 will move them around between input sections'
5987 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5988 broken, so don't let it run. */
5989 info->combreloc = 0;
5990 }
5991 }
5992 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5993 {
5994 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5995 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5996 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5997 hash tables. */
5998 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5999 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
6000 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
6001 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
6002
6003 if (gg->next)
6004 {
6005 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6006 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
6007
6008 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
6009 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6010 {
6011 unsigned int save_assign;
6012
6013 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
6014
6015 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6016 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
6017 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
6018 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
6019 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
6020 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
6021 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
6022 &set_got_offset_arg);
6023 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
6024 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
6025 <= g->global_gotno);
6026
6027 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
6028 if (info->shared)
6029 {
6030 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
6031 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
6032 + g->next->global_gotno
6033 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
6034 }
6035 }
6036
6037 if (needed_relocs)
6038 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
6039 }
6040 }
6041 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
6042 {
6043 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6044 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6045 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6046 }
6047 else if (! info->shared
6048 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6049 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6050 {
6051 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6052 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6053 s->_raw_size += 4;
6054 }
6055 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
6056 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6057 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
6058 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
6059 {
6060 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6061 continue;
6062 }
6063
6064 if (strip)
6065 {
6066 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
6067 continue;
6068 }
6069
6070 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6071 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
6072 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
6073 {
6074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
6075 return FALSE;
6076 }
6077 }
6078
6079 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6080 {
6081 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6082 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6083 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6084 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6085 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6086 if (! info->shared)
6087 {
6088 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6089 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6090 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
6091 return FALSE;
6092 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6093 {
6094 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6095 return FALSE;
6096 }
6097 }
6098 else
6099 {
6100 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6101 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6102 {
6103 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6104 return FALSE;
6105 }
6106 }
6107
6108 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6109 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6110
6111 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
6112 {
6113 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
6114 return FALSE;
6115 }
6116
6117 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
6118 return FALSE;
6119
6120 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
6121 {
6122 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
6123 return FALSE;
6124
6125 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
6126 return FALSE;
6127
6128 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
6129 return FALSE;
6130 }
6131
6132 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
6133 return FALSE;
6134
6135 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
6136 return FALSE;
6137
6138#if 0
6139 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6140 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
6141 return FALSE;
6142#endif
6143
6144#if 0 /* FIXME */
6145 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
6146 return FALSE;
6147#endif
6148
6149#if 0 /* FIXME */
6150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
6151 return FALSE;
6152#endif
6153
6154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
6155 return FALSE;
6156
6157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
6158 return FALSE;
6159
6160 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
6161 return FALSE;
6162
6163 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
6164 return FALSE;
6165
6166 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
6167 return FALSE;
6168
6169 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
6170 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
6171 return FALSE;
6172
6173 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
6174 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6175 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
6176 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
6177 return FALSE;
6178 }
6179
6180 return TRUE;
6181}
6182
6183/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6184
6185bfd_boolean
6186_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6187 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
6188 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6189 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6190 asection **local_sections)
6191{
6192 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6193 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6194 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6195 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6196 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6197
6198 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
6199 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6200 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
6201 {
6202 const char *name;
6203 bfd_vma value;
6204 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6205 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
6206 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6207 REL relocation. */
6208 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
6209 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6210 const char *msg;
6211
6212 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6213 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6214 {
6215 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6216 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6217 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6218 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6219 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6220 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6221 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6222
6223 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6224 of the reloc. */
6225 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6226 rel->r_offset += 4;
6227 }
6228 else
6229 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6230 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6231 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6232 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6233 (input_bfd, input_section,
6234 rel - relocs)));
6235
6236 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6237 {
6238 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6239
6240 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6241 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6242 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6243 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6244 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6245 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6246 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6247 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6248 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6249 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6250 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6251 {
6252 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6253 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6254
6255 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6256 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6257 contents);
6258 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6259
6260 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6261 combination of the addend stored in two different
6262 relocations. */
6263 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6264 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6265 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6266 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6267 local_sections, FALSE)))
6268 {
6269 bfd_vma l;
6270 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6271 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6272 unsigned int lo;
6273
6274 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6275 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6276 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6277 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6278 the LO16 value.)
6279
6280 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6281 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6282 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6283 else
6284 lo = R_MIPS_LO16;
6285 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6286 rel, relend);
6287 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6288 return FALSE;
6289
6290 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6291 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6292 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6293 input_bfd, contents);
6294 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6295 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6296 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6297
6298 addend <<= 16;
6299
6300 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6301 addend += l;
6302
6303 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6304 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6305 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6306 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6307 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6308 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6309 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6310 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6311 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6312 }
6313 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6314 {
6315 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6316 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6317 format. */
6318 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6319 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6320 | (addend & 0x1f));
6321 }
6322 else
6323 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6324 }
6325 else
6326 addend = rel->r_addend;
6327 }
6328
6329 if (info->relocatable)
6330 {
6331 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6332 unsigned long r_symndx;
6333
6334 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6335 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6336 rel->r_offset -= 4;
6337
6338 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6339 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6340 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6341 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6342 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6343 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6344
6345 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6346 FALSE))
6347 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6348 continue;
6349
6350 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6351 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6352 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6353 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6354 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6355 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6356
6357 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6358 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6359 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6360 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6361 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6362
6363 if (rela_relocation_p)
6364 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6365 rel->r_addend = addend;
6366 else
6367 {
6368 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6369 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6370 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6371 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6372 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6373 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6374 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6375 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6376 else
6377 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6378
6379 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6380 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6381 source of the addend in the final link. */
6382 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6383
6384 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6385 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6386 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6387 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6388 but for endianness. */
6389 {
6390 bfd_vma sign_bits;
6391 bfd_vma low_bits;
6392 bfd_vma high_bits;
6393
6394 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6395#ifdef BFD64
6396 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6397#else
6398 sign_bits = -1;
6399#endif
6400 else
6401 sign_bits = 0;
6402
6403 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6404 do two separate stores. */
6405 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6406 {
6407 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6408 first. */
6409 low_bits = sign_bits;
6410 high_bits = addend;
6411 }
6412 else
6413 {
6414 low_bits = addend;
6415 high_bits = sign_bits;
6416 }
6417 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6418 contents + rel->r_offset);
6419 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6420 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6421 continue;
6422 }
6423
6424 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6425 input_bfd, input_section,
6426 contents, FALSE))
6427 return FALSE;
6428 }
6429
6430 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6431 continue;
6432 }
6433
6434 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6435 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6436 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6437 for the next. */
6438 if (rel + 1 < relend
6439 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6440 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6441 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6442 else
6443 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6444
6445 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6446 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6447 input_section, info, rel,
6448 addend, howto, local_syms,
6449 local_sections, &value,
6450 &name, &require_jalx,
6451 use_saved_addend_p))
6452 {
6453 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6454 /* There's nothing to do. */
6455 continue;
6456
6457 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6458 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6459 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6460 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6461 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6462 continue;
6463
6464 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6465 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6466 info->callbacks->warning
6467 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6468 return FALSE;
6469
6470 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6471 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6472 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6473 a given location. */
6474 ;
6475 else
6476 {
6477 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6478 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6479 (info, name, howto->name, 0,
6480 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6481 return FALSE;
6482 }
6483 break;
6484
6485 case bfd_reloc_ok:
6486 break;
6487
6488 default:
6489 abort ();
6490 break;
6491 }
6492
6493 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6494 until we reach the last one. */
6495 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6496 {
6497 addend = value;
6498 continue;
6499 }
6500
6501 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6502 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6503 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6504 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6505 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6506 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6507 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6508 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6509 {
6510 bfd_vma sign_bits;
6511 bfd_vma low_bits;
6512 bfd_vma high_bits;
6513
6514 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6515#ifdef BFD64
6516 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6517#else
6518 sign_bits = -1;
6519#endif
6520 else
6521 sign_bits = 0;
6522
6523 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6524 do two separate stores. */
6525 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6526 {
6527 /* Undo what we did above. */
6528 rel->r_offset -= 4;
6529 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6530 first. */
6531 low_bits = sign_bits;
6532 high_bits = value;
6533 }
6534 else
6535 {
6536 low_bits = value;
6537 high_bits = sign_bits;
6538 }
6539 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6540 contents + rel->r_offset);
6541 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6542 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6543 continue;
6544 }
6545
6546 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6547 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6548 input_bfd, input_section,
6549 contents, require_jalx))
6550 return FALSE;
6551 }
6552
6553 return TRUE;
6554}
6555
6556/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6557 adjust it appropriately now. */
6558
6559static void
6560mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6561 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6562{
6563 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6564 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6565 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6566 "_ftext",
6567 "_etext",
6568 "__dso_displacement",
6569 "__elf_header",
6570 "__program_header_table",
6571 NULL
6572 };
6573
6574 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6575 "_fdata",
6576 "_edata",
6577 "_end",
6578 "_fbss",
6579 NULL
6580 };
6581
6582 const char* const *p;
6583 int i;
6584
6585 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6586 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6587 *p;
6588 ++p)
6589 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6590 {
6591 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6592 IRIX6 linker. */
6593 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6594 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6595
6596 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6597 if (i == 0)
6598 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6599 else
6600 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6601
6602 break;
6603 }
6604}
6605
6606/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6607 dynamic sections here. */
6608
6609bfd_boolean
6610_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
6611 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6612 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6613 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6614{
6615 bfd *dynobj;
6616 bfd_vma gval;
6617 asection *sgot;
6618 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6619 const char *name;
6620
6621 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6622 gval = sym->st_value;
6623
6624 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6625 {
6626 asection *s;
6627 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6628
6629 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6630
6631 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6632
6633 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6634 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6635 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6636
6637 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6638 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6639 return FALSE;
6640
6641 /* Fill the stub. */
6642 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6643 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6644 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6645 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6646
6647 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6648 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6649
6650 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6651 only for the referenced symbol. */
6652 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6653
6654 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6655 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6656 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6657 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6658 sym->st_value = gval;
6659 }
6660
6661 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6662 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6663
6664 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6665 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6666 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6667 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6668 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6669
6670 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6671 the symbols that need them. */
6672 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6673 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6674 {
6675 bfd_vma offset;
6676 bfd_vma value;
6677
6678 value = sym->st_value;
6679 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6680 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6681 }
6682
6683 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6684 {
6685 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6686 bfd_vma entry;
6687 bfd_vma offset;
6688
6689 gg = g;
6690
6691 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6692 e.symndx = -1;
6693 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6694
6695 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6696 {
6697 if (g->got_entries
6698 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6699 &e)))
6700 {
6701 offset = p->gotidx;
6702 if (info->shared
6703 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6704 && p->d.h != NULL
6705 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6706 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6707 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6708 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6709 {
6710 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6711 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6712 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6713 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6714 appropriate addend. */
6715 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6716
6717 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6718 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6719 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
6720 else
6721 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
6722 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6723
6724 entry = 0;
6725 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6726 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6727 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
6728 return FALSE;
6729 }
6730 else
6731 entry = sym->st_value;
6732 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
6733 }
6734 }
6735 }
6736
6737 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6738 name = h->root.root.string;
6739 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6740 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6741 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6742 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6743 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6744 {
6745 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6746 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6747 sym->st_value = 1;
6748 }
6749 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6750 {
6751 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6752 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6753 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6754 }
6755 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6756 {
6757 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6758 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6759 {
6760 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6761 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6762 sym->st_value = 0;
6763 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6764 }
6765 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6766 {
6767 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6768 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6769 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6770 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6771 }
6772 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6773 {
6774 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6775 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6776 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6777 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6778 }
6779 }
6780
6781 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6782 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6783 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6784
6785 if (! info->shared)
6786 {
6787 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6788 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6789 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6790 {
6791 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6792 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6793 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
6795 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6796 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6797 }
6798 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6799 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6800 {
6801 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6802 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6803 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6804 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6805 != NULL);
6806 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6807 }
6808 }
6809
6810 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6811 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
6812 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
6813 --sym->st_value;
6814
6815 return TRUE;
6816}
6817
6818/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6819
6820bfd_boolean
6821_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6822 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6823{
6824 bfd *dynobj;
6825 asection *sdyn;
6826 asection *sgot;
6827 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6828
6829 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6830
6831 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6832
6833 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6834 if (sgot == NULL)
6835 gg = g = NULL;
6836 else
6837 {
6838 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6839 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6840 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6841 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6842 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6843 }
6844
6845 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6846 {
6847 bfd_byte *b;
6848
6849 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6850 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6851
6852 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6853 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6854 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6855 {
6856 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6857 const char *name;
6858 size_t elemsize;
6859 asection *s;
6860 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6861
6862 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6863 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6864
6865 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6866 swap_out_p = TRUE;
6867
6868 switch (dyn.d_tag)
6869 {
6870 case DT_RELENT:
6871 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6872 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6873 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6874 break;
6875
6876 case DT_STRSZ:
6877 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6878 dyn.d_un.d_val =
6879 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6880 break;
6881
6882 case DT_PLTGOT:
6883 name = ".got";
6884 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6885 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6886 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6887 break;
6888
6889 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6890 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6891 break;
6892
6893 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
6894 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6895 break;
6896
6897 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6898 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6899 break;
6900
6901 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6902 /* XXX FIXME: */
6903 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6904 break;
6905
6906 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6907 /* XXX FIXME: */
6908 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6909 break;
6910
6911 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6912 s = output_bfd->sections;
6913 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6914 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6915 break;
6916
6917 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6918 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6919 break;
6920
6921 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6922 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6923 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6924 referenced within the same object. */
6925 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6926 break;
6927
6928 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6929 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6930 {
6931 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6932 break;
6933 }
6934 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6935 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6936 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6937
6938 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6939 name = ".dynsym";
6940 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6941 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6942 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6943
6944 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6945 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6946 else
6947 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6948 break;
6949
6950 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6951 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6952 break;
6953
6954 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6955 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6956 break;
6957
6958 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6959 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6960 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6961 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6962 break;
6963
6964 case DT_RELSZ:
6965 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6966 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6967 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6968 are trailing null entries. */
6969 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6970 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
6971 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6972 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
6973 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6974 break;
6975
6976 default:
6977 swap_out_p = FALSE;
6978 break;
6979 }
6980
6981 if (swap_out_p)
6982 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6983 (dynobj, &dyn, b);
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6988 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6989 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6990 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
6991 {
6992 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
6993 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
6994 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6995 }
6996
6997 if (sgot != NULL)
6998 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6999 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7000
7001 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7002 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
7003 {
7004 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
7005 bfd_vma addend = 0;
7006
7007 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
7008 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
7009
7010 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7011 {
7012 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
7013
7014 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
7015 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7016 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
7017 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7018
7019 if (! info->shared)
7020 continue;
7021
7022 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
7023 {
7024 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
7025 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7026 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7027 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
7028 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
7029 0, &addend, sgot)))
7030 return FALSE;
7031 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
7032 }
7033 }
7034 }
7035
7036 {
7037 asection *s;
7038 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
7039
7040 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
7041 {
7042 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7043 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
7044 if (s != NULL)
7045 {
7046 cpt.id1 = 1;
7047 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
7048 cpt.id2 = 2;
7049 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
7050 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
7051 cpt.reserved0 = 0;
7052 cpt.reserved1 = 0;
7053 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
7054 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
7055 s->contents));
7056
7057 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7058 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
7059 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
7060 if (s != NULL)
7061 {
7062 file_ptr dummy_offset;
7063
7064 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7065 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
7066 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
7067 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7068 }
7069 }
7070 }
7071
7072 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7073
7074 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7075
7076 if (s != NULL
7077 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
7078 {
7079 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
7080
7081 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
7082 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7083 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
7084 else
7085 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7086 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
7087 }
7088 }
7089
7090 return TRUE;
7091}
7092
7093
7094/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7095
7096static void
7097mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
7098{
7099 flagword val;
7100
7101 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
7102 {
7103 default:
7104 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
7105 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
7106 break;
7107
7108 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
7109 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
7110 break;
7111
7112 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
7113 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
7114 break;
7115
7116 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
7117 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
7118 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7119 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7120 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7121 break;
7122
7123 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7124 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7125 break;
7126
7127 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7128 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7129 break;
7130
7131 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7132 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7133 break;
7134
7135 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7136 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7137 break;
7138
7139 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7140 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7141 break;
7142
7143 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7144 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7145 break;
7146
7147 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7148 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7149 break;
7150
|
| 7151 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
7152 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
7153 break;
7154
|
7145 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7146 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
7147 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7148 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7149 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7150 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7151 break;
7152
7153 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7154 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7155 break;
7156
| 7155 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7156 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
7157 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7158 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7159 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7160 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7161 break;
7162
7163 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7164 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7165 break;
7166
|
| 7167 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
7168 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
7169 break;
7170
|
7157 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7158 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7159 break;
7160
7161 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7162 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7163 break;
7164
7165 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7166 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7167 break;
7168
7169 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7170 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7171 break;
7172
7173 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
7174 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
7175 break;
7176 }
7177 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7178 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7179
7180}
7181
7182
7183/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7184 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7185 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7186
7187void
7188_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
7189 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7190{
7191 unsigned int i;
7192 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7193 const char *name;
7194 asection *sec;
7195
7196 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7197 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7198 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7199 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7200 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7201
7202 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7203 info for each special section. */
7204 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7205 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7206 i++, hdrpp++)
7207 {
7208 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7209 {
7210 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
7211 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7212 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7213 if (sec != NULL)
7214 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7215 break;
7216
7217 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7218 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7219 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7220 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7221 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7222 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7223 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7224 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7225 break;
7226
7227 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7228 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7229 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7230 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7231 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7232 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7233 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7234 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7235 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7236 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7237 break;
7238
7239 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7240 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7241 if (sec != NULL)
7242 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7243 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7244 if (sec != NULL)
7245 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7246 break;
7247
7248 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7249 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7250 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7251 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7252 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7253 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7254 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7255 else
7256 {
7257 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7258 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7259 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7260 (name
7261 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7262 }
7263 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7264 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7265 break;
7266
7267 }
7268 }
7269}
7270
7271/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7272 segments. */
7273
7274int
7275_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
7276{
7277 asection *s;
7278 int ret = 0;
7279
7280 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7281 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7282 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7283 ++ret;
7284
7285 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7286 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7287 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7288 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7289 ++ret;
7290
7291 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7292 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7293 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7294 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7295 ++ret;
7296
7297 return ret;
7298}
7299
7300/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7301
7302bfd_boolean
7303_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
7304 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7305{
7306 asection *s;
7307 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7308 bfd_size_type amt;
7309
7310 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7311 segment. */
7312 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7313 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7314 {
7315 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7316 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7317 break;
7318 if (m == NULL)
7319 {
7320 amt = sizeof *m;
7321 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7322 if (m == NULL)
7323 return FALSE;
7324
7325 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7326 m->count = 1;
7327 m->sections[0] = s;
7328
7329 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7330 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7331 while (*pm != NULL
7332 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7333 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7334 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7335
7336 m->next = *pm;
7337 *pm = m;
7338 }
7339 }
7340
7341 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7342 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7343 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7344 table. */
7345 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
7346 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7347 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7348 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7349 now. */
7350 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7351 {
7352 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7353 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7354 break;
7355
7356 if (s)
7357 {
7358 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7359
7360 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7361 while (*pm != NULL
7362 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7363 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7364 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7365
7366 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7367 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7368 options_segment->next = *pm;
7369 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7370 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7371 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7372 options_segment->count = 1;
7373 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7374 *pm = options_segment;
7375 }
7376 }
7377 else
7378 {
7379 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7380 {
7381 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7382 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7383 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7384 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7385 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7386 {
7387 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7388 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7389 break;
7390 if (m == NULL)
7391 {
7392 amt = sizeof *m;
7393 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7394 if (m == NULL)
7395 return FALSE;
7396
7397 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7398
7399 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7400 if (s == NULL)
7401 {
7402 m->count = 0;
7403 m->p_flags = 0;
7404 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7405 }
7406 else
7407 {
7408 m->count = 1;
7409 m->sections[0] = s;
7410 }
7411
7412 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7413 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7414 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7415 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7416 if (*pm != NULL)
7417 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7418
7419 m->next = *pm;
7420 *pm = m;
7421 }
7422 }
7423 }
7424 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7425 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7426 between. */
7427 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7428 pm = &(*pm)->next)
7429 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7430 break;
7431 m = *pm;
7432 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7433 {
7434 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7435 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7436 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7437 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7438 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7439 {
7440 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7441 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7442 }
7443 }
7444 if (m != NULL
7445 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7446 {
7447 static const char *sec_names[] =
7448 {
7449 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7450 };
7451 bfd_vma low, high;
7452 unsigned int i, c;
7453 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7454
7455 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
7456 high = 0;
7457 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7458 {
7459 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7460 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7461 {
7462 bfd_size_type sz;
7463
7464 if (low > s->vma)
7465 low = s->vma;
7466 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7467 if (sz == 0)
7468 sz = s->_raw_size;
7469 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7470 high = s->vma + sz;
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 c = 0;
7475 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7476 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7477 && s->vma >= low
7478 && ((s->vma
7479 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7480 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7481 ++c;
7482
7483 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7484 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7485 if (n == NULL)
7486 return FALSE;
7487 *n = *m;
7488 n->count = c;
7489
7490 i = 0;
7491 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7492 {
7493 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7494 && s->vma >= low
7495 && ((s->vma
7496 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7497 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7498 {
7499 n->sections[i] = s;
7500 ++i;
7501 }
7502 }
7503
7504 *pm = n;
7505 }
7506 }
7507
7508 return TRUE;
7509}
7510
7511/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7512 relocation. */
7513
7514asection *
7515_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
7516 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7517 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7518 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7519 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
7520{
7521 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7522
7523 if (h != NULL)
7524 {
7525 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7526 {
7527 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7528 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7529 break;
7530
7531 default:
7532 switch (h->root.type)
7533 {
7534 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7535 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7536 return h->root.u.def.section;
7537
7538 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7539 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7540
7541 default:
7542 break;
7543 }
7544 }
7545 }
7546 else
7547 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7548
7549 return NULL;
7550}
7551
7552/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7553
7554bfd_boolean
7555_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7556 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7557 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7558 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7559{
7560#if 0
7561 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7562 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7563 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7564 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7565 unsigned long r_symndx;
7566 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7567
7568 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7569 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7570 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7571
7572 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7573 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7574 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7575 {
7576 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
7577 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
7578 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7579 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7580 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7581 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7582 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7583 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7584 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7585 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7586 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7587 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7588 break;
7589
7590 default:
7591 break;
7592 }
7593#endif
7594
7595 return TRUE;
7596}
7597
7598/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7599 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7600 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7601 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7602
7603void
7604_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
7605 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
7606 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
7607{
7608 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7609
7610 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7611
7612 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7613 return;
7614
7615 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7616 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7617 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7618 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7619 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7620 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7621 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7622}
7623
7624void
7625_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7626 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
7627 bfd_boolean force_local)
7628{
7629 bfd *dynobj;
7630 asection *got;
7631 struct mips_got_info *g;
7632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7633
7634 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7635 if (h->forced_local)
7636 return;
7637 h->forced_local = force_local;
7638
7639 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7640 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
7641 {
7642 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7643 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7644
7645 if (g->next)
7646 {
7647 struct mips_got_entry e;
7648 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7649
7650 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7651 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7652 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7653 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7654 the upper limit of global entries. */
7655 e.abfd = dynobj;
7656 e.symndx = -1;
7657 e.d.h = h;
7658
7659 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7660 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7661 {
7662 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7663 g->local_gotno++;
7664 g->global_gotno--;
7665 }
7666
7667 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7668 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7669 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7670 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7671 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7672 {
7673 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7674 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7675 }
7676 }
7677 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7678 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7679 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7680 global. */
7681 g->local_gotno++;
7682 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7683 {
7684 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7685 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7686 instead. */
7687 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7688 g->local_gotno++;
7689 g->global_gotno--;
7690 }
7691 }
7692
7693 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7694}
7695
7696#define PDR_SIZE 32
7697
7698bfd_boolean
7699_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
7700 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7701{
7702 asection *o;
7703 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7704 unsigned char *tdata;
7705 size_t i, skip;
7706
7707 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7708 if (! o)
7709 return FALSE;
7710 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7711 return FALSE;
7712 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7713 return FALSE;
7714 if (o->output_section != NULL
7715 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7716 return FALSE;
7717
7718 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7719 if (! tdata)
7720 return FALSE;
7721
7722 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7723 info->keep_memory);
7724 if (!cookie->rels)
7725 {
7726 free (tdata);
7727 return FALSE;
7728 }
7729
7730 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7731 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7732
7733 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
7734 {
7735 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7736 {
7737 tdata[i] = 1;
7738 skip ++;
7739 }
7740 }
7741
7742 if (skip != 0)
7743 {
7744 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7745 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7746 ret = TRUE;
7747 }
7748 else
7749 free (tdata);
7750
7751 if (! info->keep_memory)
7752 free (cookie->rels);
7753
7754 return ret;
7755}
7756
7757bfd_boolean
7758_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
7759{
7760 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7761 return TRUE;
7762 return FALSE;
7763}
7764
7765bfd_boolean
7766_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
7767 bfd_byte *contents)
7768{
7769 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7770 int i;
7771
7772 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7773 return FALSE;
7774
7775 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7776 return FALSE;
7777
7778 to = contents;
7779 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7780 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7781 from < end;
7782 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7783 {
7784 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7785 continue;
7786 if (to != from)
7787 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7788 to += PDR_SIZE;
7789 }
7790 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7791 sec->output_offset, sec->_cooked_size);
7792 return TRUE;
7793}
7794
7795/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7796 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7797
7798struct mips_elf_find_line
7799{
7800 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7801 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7802};
7803
7804bfd_boolean
7805_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
7806 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
7807 const char **filename_ptr,
7808 const char **functionname_ptr,
7809 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7810{
7811 asection *msec;
7812
7813 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7814 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7815 line_ptr))
7816 return TRUE;
7817
7818 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7819 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7820 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
7821 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7822 return TRUE;
7823
7824 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7825 if (msec != NULL)
7826 {
7827 flagword origflags;
7828 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7829 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7830 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7831
7832 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7833 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7834 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7835 origflags = msec->flags;
7836 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7837 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7838
7839 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7840 if (fi == NULL)
7841 {
7842 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7843 char *fraw_src;
7844 char *fraw_end;
7845 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7846 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7847
7848 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7849 if (fi == NULL)
7850 {
7851 msec->flags = origflags;
7852 return FALSE;
7853 }
7854
7855 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7856 {
7857 msec->flags = origflags;
7858 return FALSE;
7859 }
7860
7861 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7862 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7863 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7864 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7865 {
7866 msec->flags = origflags;
7867 return FALSE;
7868 }
7869 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7870 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7871 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7872 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7873 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7874 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7875 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7876
7877 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7878
7879 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7880 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7881 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7882 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7883 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7884 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7885 }
7886
7887 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7888 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7889 line_ptr))
7890 {
7891 msec->flags = origflags;
7892 return TRUE;
7893 }
7894
7895 msec->flags = origflags;
7896 }
7897
7898 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7899
7900 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7901 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7902 line_ptr);
7903}
7904
7905/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7906 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7907 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7908
7909bfd_boolean
7910_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
7911 const void *location,
7912 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
7913{
7914 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7915 {
7916 bfd_byte *c;
7917
7918 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7919 {
7920 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7921 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7922 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7923 return FALSE;
7924 }
7925 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7926 if (c == NULL)
7927 {
7928 bfd_size_type size;
7929
7930 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7931 size = section->_cooked_size;
7932 else
7933 size = section->_raw_size;
7934 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7935 if (c == NULL)
7936 return FALSE;
7937 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7938 }
7939
7940 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
7941 }
7942
7943 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7944 count);
7945}
7946
7947/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7948 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7949
7950bfd_byte *
7951_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7952 (bfd *abfd,
7953 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7954 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
7955 bfd_byte *data,
7956 bfd_boolean relocatable,
7957 asymbol **symbols)
7958{
7959 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7960 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7961 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7962
7963 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7964 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7965 long reloc_count;
7966
7967 if (reloc_size < 0)
7968 goto error_return;
7969
7970 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
7971 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7972 goto error_return;
7973
7974 /* read in the section */
7975 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0,
7976 input_section->_raw_size))
7977 goto error_return;
7978
7979 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7980 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7981 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
7982
7983 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7984 input_section,
7985 reloc_vector,
7986 symbols);
7987 if (reloc_count < 0)
7988 goto error_return;
7989
7990 if (reloc_count > 0)
7991 {
7992 arelent **parent;
7993 /* for mips */
7994 int gp_found;
7995 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7996
7997 {
7998 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
7999 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
8000 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8001 if (abfd && input_bfd
8002 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
8003 lh = 0;
8004 else
8005 {
8006 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
8007 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
8008 }
8009 lookup:
8010 if (lh)
8011 {
8012 switch (lh->type)
8013 {
8014 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
8015 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
8016 case bfd_link_hash_common:
8017 gp_found = 0;
8018 break;
8019 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
8020 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
8021 gp_found = 1;
8022 gp = lh->u.def.value;
8023 break;
8024 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
8025 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
8026 lh = lh->u.i.link;
8027 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8028 goto lookup;
8029 case bfd_link_hash_new:
8030 default:
8031 abort ();
8032 }
8033 }
8034 else
8035 gp_found = 0;
8036 }
8037 /* end mips */
8038 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
8039 {
8040 char *error_message = NULL;
8041 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
8042
8043 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8044 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8045 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
8046 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
8047 {
8048 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8049 }
8050 else if (!gp_found)
8051 {
8052 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8053 fall over on its own. */
8054 }
8055 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
8056 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
8057 {
8058 /* bypass special_function call */
8059 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
8060 input_section, relocatable,
8061 data, gp);
8062 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
8063 }
8064 /* end mips specific stuff */
8065
8066 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
8067 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
8068 &error_message);
8069 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
8070
8071 if (relocatable)
8072 {
8073 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
8074
8075 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8076 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
8077 os->reloc_count++;
8078 }
8079
8080 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8081 {
8082 switch (r)
8083 {
8084 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8085 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
8086 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8087 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8088 TRUE)))
8089 goto error_return;
8090 break;
8091 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8092 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
8093 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8094 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8095 (*parent)->address)))
8096 goto error_return;
8097 break;
8098 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8099 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8100 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8101 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8102 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8103 goto error_return;
8104 break;
8105 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8106 default:
8107 abort ();
8108 break;
8109 }
8110
8111 }
8112 }
8113 }
8114 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8115 free (reloc_vector);
8116 return data;
8117
8118error_return:
8119 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8120 free (reloc_vector);
8121 return NULL;
8122}
8123
8124/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8125
8126struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8127_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
8128{
8129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8130 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8131
8132 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
8133 if (ret == NULL)
8134 return NULL;
8135
8136 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8137 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8138 {
8139 free (ret);
8140 return NULL;
8141 }
8142
8143#if 0
8144 /* We no longer use this. */
8145 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8146 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8147#endif
8148 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8149 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8150 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8151 ret->rld_value = 0;
8152 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8153
8154 return &ret->root.root;
8155}
8156
8157/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8158 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8159 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8160
8161bfd_boolean
8162_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8163{
8164 asection **secpp;
8165 asection *o;
8166 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8167 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8168 asection *rtproc_sec;
8169 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8170 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8171 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8172 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8173 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8174 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
8175 asection *s;
8176 EXTR esym;
8177 unsigned int i;
8178 bfd_size_type amt;
8179
8180 static const char * const secname[] =
8181 {
8182 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8183 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8184 };
8185 static const int sc[] =
8186 {
8187 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8188 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8189 };
8190
8191 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8192 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8193 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8194 the sort again. */
8195 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8196 {
8197 bfd *dynobj;
8198 asection *got;
8199 struct mips_got_info *g;
8200
8201 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8202 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8203 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8204 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8205 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8206 section above. */
8207 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8208 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8209 : 1)))
8210 return FALSE;
8211
8212 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8213 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8214 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8215 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8216
8217 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8218 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8219 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8220 <= g->global_gotno);
8221 }
8222
8223#if 0
8224 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8225 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8226 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8227 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8228 better off including it then not. */
8229 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8230 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8231 {
8232 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8233 {
8234 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8235 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8236 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8237 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8238 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8239 --abfd->section_count;
8240
8241 break;
8242 }
8243 }
8244
8245 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8246 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8247 to be better off including it than not. */
8248 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8249 {
8250 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8251 {
8252 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8253 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8254 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8255 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8256 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8257 --abfd->section_count;
8258
8259 break;
8260 }
8261 }
8262#endif
8263
8264 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8265 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8266 {
8267 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8268
8269 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8270 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8271 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8272 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8273 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8274 else if (info->relocatable)
8275 {
8276 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8277
8278 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8279 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8280 if (o->vma < lo
8281 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8282 lo = o->vma;
8283
8284 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8285 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8286 }
8287 else
8288 {
8289 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8290 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8291 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8292 }
8293 }
8294
8295 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8296 information. */
8297 reginfo_sec = NULL;
8298 mdebug_sec = NULL;
8299 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8300 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8301 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8302 {
8303 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8304 {
8305 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8306
8307 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8308 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8309 the information together. */
8310 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8311 {
8312 asection *input_section;
8313 bfd *input_bfd;
8314 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8315 Elf32_RegInfo sub;
8316
8317 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8318 {
8319 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8320 continue;
8321 abort ();
8322 }
8323
8324 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8325 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8326
8327 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8328 size to be zero bytes. */
8329 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8330 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8331
8332 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8333 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8334 return FALSE;
8335
8336 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8337
8338 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8339 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8340 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8341 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8342 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8343
8344 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8345 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8346 finally written out. */
8347
8348 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8349 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8350 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8351 }
8352
8353 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8354 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8355
8356 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8357 matters, but someday it might). */
8358 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8359
8360 reginfo_sec = o;
8361 }
8362
8363 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8364 {
8365 struct extsym_info einfo;
8366 bfd_vma last;
8367
8368 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8369 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8370 the information together. */
8371 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8372 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8373 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
8374 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8375 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
8376 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
8377 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
8378 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8379 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8380 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8381 symhdr->issMax = 0;
8382 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8383 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
8384 symhdr->crfd = 0;
8385 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8386
8387 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8388 debug_info structure. */
8389 debug.line = NULL;
8390 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8391 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8392 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8393 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8394 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8395 debug.ss = NULL;
8396 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8397 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8398 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8399 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8400
8401 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8402 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
8403 return FALSE;
8404
8405 esym.jmptbl = 0;
8406 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8407 esym.weakext = 0;
8408 esym.reserved = 0;
8409 esym.ifd = ifdNil;
8410 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8411 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8412 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8413 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8414 last = 0;
8415 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8416 {
8417 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8418 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8419 if (s != NULL)
8420 {
8421 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8422 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8423 }
8424 else
8425 esym.asym.value = last;
8426 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8427 secname[i], &esym))
8428 return FALSE;
8429 }
8430
8431 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8432 {
8433 asection *input_section;
8434 bfd *input_bfd;
8435 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8436 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8437 char *eraw_src;
8438 char *eraw_end;
8439
8440 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8441 {
8442 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8443 continue;
8444 abort ();
8445 }
8446
8447 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8448 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8449
8450 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8451 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8452 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8453 {
8454 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8455 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8456 want to deal with it. */
8457 continue;
8458 }
8459
8460 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8461 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8462
8463 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8464
8465 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8466 read in the debugging information and set up an
8467 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8468 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8469 &input_debug))
8470 return FALSE;
8471
8472 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8473 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8474 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8475 return FALSE;
8476
8477 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8478 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8479 the linker global hash table and save the information
8480 for the output external symbols. */
8481 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8482 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8483 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8484 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8485 for (;
8486 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8487 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8488 {
8489 EXTR ext;
8490 const char *name;
8491 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8492
8493 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
8494 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8495 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8496 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8497 continue;
8498
8499 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8500 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8501 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8502 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8503 continue;
8504
8505 if (ext.ifd != -1)
8506 {
8507 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
8508 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8509 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8510 }
8511
8512 h->esym = ext;
8513 }
8514
8515 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8516 free (input_debug.line);
8517 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8518 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8519 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8520 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8521 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8522 free (input_debug.ss);
8523 free (input_debug.ssext);
8524 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8525 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8526 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8527
8528 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8529 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8530 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8531 }
8532
8533 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8534 {
8535 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8536 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8537 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8538 {
8539 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8540 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8541
8542 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8543 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8544 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8545 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8546 return FALSE;
8547 }
8548
8549 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8550 info, rtproc_sec,
8551 &debug))
8552 return FALSE;
8553 }
8554
8555 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8556 einfo.abfd = abfd;
8557 einfo.info = info;
8558 einfo.debug = &debug;
8559 einfo.swap = swap;
8560 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8561 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8562 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
8563 if (einfo.failed)
8564 return FALSE;
8565
8566 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8567 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8568
8569 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8570 matters, but someday it might). */
8571 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8572
8573 mdebug_sec = o;
8574 }
8575
8576 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8577 {
8578 const char *subname;
8579 unsigned int c;
8580 Elf32_gptab *tab;
8581 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8582 unsigned int j;
8583
8584 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8585 information describing how the small data area would
8586 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8587 not used in executables files. */
8588 if (! info->relocatable)
8589 {
8590 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8591 {
8592 asection *input_section;
8593
8594 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8595 {
8596 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8597 continue;
8598 abort ();
8599 }
8600
8601 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8602
8603 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8604 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8605 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8606 }
8607
8608 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8609 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8610 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8611
8612 /* Really remove the section. */
8613 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8614 *secpp != o;
8615 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8616 ;
8617 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8618 --abfd->section_count;
8619
8620 continue;
8621 }
8622
8623 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8624 uninitialized data. */
8625 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8626 gptab_data_sec = o;
8627 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8628 gptab_bss_sec = o;
8629 else
8630 {
8631 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8632 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8633 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8635 return FALSE;
8636 }
8637
8638 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8639 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8640 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8641 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8642 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8643 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8644 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8645 {
8646 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8647 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8648 else
8649 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8650 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8651 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8652 }
8653
8654 /* Set up the first entry. */
8655 c = 1;
8656 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8657 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
8658 if (tab == NULL)
8659 return FALSE;
8660 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8661 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8662
8663 /* Combine the input sections. */
8664 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8665 {
8666 asection *input_section;
8667 bfd *input_bfd;
8668 bfd_size_type size;
8669 unsigned long last;
8670 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8671
8672 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8673 {
8674 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8675 continue;
8676 abort ();
8677 }
8678
8679 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8680 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8681
8682 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8683 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8684 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8685 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8686 last = 0;
8687 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8688 gpentry < size;
8689 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8690 {
8691 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8692 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8693 unsigned long val;
8694 unsigned long add;
8695 bfd_boolean exact;
8696 unsigned int look;
8697
8698 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8699 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
8700 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8701 {
8702 free (tab);
8703 return FALSE;
8704 }
8705
8706 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8707 &int_gptab);
8708 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8709 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8710
8711 exact = FALSE;
8712 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8713 {
8714 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8715 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8716
8717 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8718 exact = TRUE;
8719 }
8720
8721 if (! exact)
8722 {
8723 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8724 unsigned int max;
8725
8726 /* We need a new table entry. */
8727 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8728 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
8729 if (new_tab == NULL)
8730 {
8731 free (tab);
8732 return FALSE;
8733 }
8734 tab = new_tab;
8735 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8736 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8737
8738 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8739 value, since that will be implied by this new
8740 value. */
8741 max = 0;
8742 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8743 {
8744 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8745 && (max == 0
8746 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8747 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8748 max = look;
8749 }
8750 if (max != 0)
8751 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8752 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8753
8754 ++c;
8755 }
8756
8757 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8758 }
8759
8760 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8761 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8762 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8763 }
8764
8765 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8766 if (c > 2)
8767 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8768
8769 /* Swap out the table. */
8770 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8771 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8772 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8773 {
8774 free (tab);
8775 return FALSE;
8776 }
8777
8778 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8779 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8780 free (tab);
8781
8782 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8783 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8784
8785 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8786 matters, but someday it might). */
8787 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8788 }
8789 }
8790
8791 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8792 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
8793 return FALSE;
8794
8795 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8796
8797 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
8798 {
8799 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8800
8801 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8802 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8803 return FALSE;
8804 }
8805
8806 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
8807 {
8808 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8809 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8810 swap, info,
8811 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8812 return FALSE;
8813
8814 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8815 }
8816
8817 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
8818 {
8819 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8820 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8821 0, gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8822 return FALSE;
8823 }
8824
8825 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
8826 {
8827 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8828 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8829 0, gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8830 return FALSE;
8831 }
8832
8833 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8834 {
8835 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8836 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8837 {
8838 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8839 rtproc_sec->contents,
8840 0, rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8841 return FALSE;
8842 }
8843 }
8844
8845 return TRUE;
8846}
8847
8848/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8849
8850struct mips_mach_extension {
8851 unsigned long extension, base;
8852};
8853
8854
8855/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8856 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8857
8858static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
| 7171 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7172 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7173 break;
7174
7175 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7176 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7177 break;
7178
7179 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7180 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7181 break;
7182
7183 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7184 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7185 break;
7186
7187 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
7188 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
7189 break;
7190 }
7191 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7192 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7193
7194}
7195
7196
7197/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7198 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7199 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7200
7201void
7202_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
7203 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7204{
7205 unsigned int i;
7206 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7207 const char *name;
7208 asection *sec;
7209
7210 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7211 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7212 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7213 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7214 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7215
7216 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7217 info for each special section. */
7218 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7219 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7220 i++, hdrpp++)
7221 {
7222 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7223 {
7224 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
7225 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7226 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7227 if (sec != NULL)
7228 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7229 break;
7230
7231 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7232 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7233 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7234 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7235 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7236 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7237 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7238 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7239 break;
7240
7241 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7242 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7243 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7244 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7245 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7246 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7247 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7248 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7249 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7250 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7251 break;
7252
7253 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7254 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7255 if (sec != NULL)
7256 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7257 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7258 if (sec != NULL)
7259 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7260 break;
7261
7262 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7263 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7264 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7265 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7266 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7267 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7268 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7269 else
7270 {
7271 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7272 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7273 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7274 (name
7275 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7276 }
7277 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7278 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7279 break;
7280
7281 }
7282 }
7283}
7284
7285/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7286 segments. */
7287
7288int
7289_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
7290{
7291 asection *s;
7292 int ret = 0;
7293
7294 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7295 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7296 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7297 ++ret;
7298
7299 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7300 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7301 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7302 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7303 ++ret;
7304
7305 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7306 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7307 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7308 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7309 ++ret;
7310
7311 return ret;
7312}
7313
7314/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7315
7316bfd_boolean
7317_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
7318 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7319{
7320 asection *s;
7321 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7322 bfd_size_type amt;
7323
7324 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7325 segment. */
7326 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7327 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7328 {
7329 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7330 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7331 break;
7332 if (m == NULL)
7333 {
7334 amt = sizeof *m;
7335 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7336 if (m == NULL)
7337 return FALSE;
7338
7339 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7340 m->count = 1;
7341 m->sections[0] = s;
7342
7343 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7344 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7345 while (*pm != NULL
7346 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7347 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7348 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7349
7350 m->next = *pm;
7351 *pm = m;
7352 }
7353 }
7354
7355 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7356 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7357 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7358 table. */
7359 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
7360 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7361 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7362 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7363 now. */
7364 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7365 {
7366 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7367 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7368 break;
7369
7370 if (s)
7371 {
7372 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7373
7374 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7375 while (*pm != NULL
7376 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7377 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7378 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7379
7380 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7381 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7382 options_segment->next = *pm;
7383 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7384 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7385 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7386 options_segment->count = 1;
7387 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7388 *pm = options_segment;
7389 }
7390 }
7391 else
7392 {
7393 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7394 {
7395 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7396 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7397 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7398 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7399 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7400 {
7401 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7402 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7403 break;
7404 if (m == NULL)
7405 {
7406 amt = sizeof *m;
7407 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7408 if (m == NULL)
7409 return FALSE;
7410
7411 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7412
7413 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7414 if (s == NULL)
7415 {
7416 m->count = 0;
7417 m->p_flags = 0;
7418 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7419 }
7420 else
7421 {
7422 m->count = 1;
7423 m->sections[0] = s;
7424 }
7425
7426 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7427 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7428 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7429 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7430 if (*pm != NULL)
7431 pm = &(*pm)->next;
7432
7433 m->next = *pm;
7434 *pm = m;
7435 }
7436 }
7437 }
7438 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7439 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7440 between. */
7441 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7442 pm = &(*pm)->next)
7443 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7444 break;
7445 m = *pm;
7446 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7447 {
7448 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7449 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7450 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7451 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7452 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7453 {
7454 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7455 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7456 }
7457 }
7458 if (m != NULL
7459 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7460 {
7461 static const char *sec_names[] =
7462 {
7463 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7464 };
7465 bfd_vma low, high;
7466 unsigned int i, c;
7467 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7468
7469 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
7470 high = 0;
7471 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7472 {
7473 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7474 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7475 {
7476 bfd_size_type sz;
7477
7478 if (low > s->vma)
7479 low = s->vma;
7480 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7481 if (sz == 0)
7482 sz = s->_raw_size;
7483 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7484 high = s->vma + sz;
7485 }
7486 }
7487
7488 c = 0;
7489 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7490 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7491 && s->vma >= low
7492 && ((s->vma
7493 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7494 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7495 ++c;
7496
7497 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7498 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7499 if (n == NULL)
7500 return FALSE;
7501 *n = *m;
7502 n->count = c;
7503
7504 i = 0;
7505 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7506 {
7507 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7508 && s->vma >= low
7509 && ((s->vma
7510 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7511 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7512 {
7513 n->sections[i] = s;
7514 ++i;
7515 }
7516 }
7517
7518 *pm = n;
7519 }
7520 }
7521
7522 return TRUE;
7523}
7524
7525/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7526 relocation. */
7527
7528asection *
7529_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
7530 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7531 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7532 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7533 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
7534{
7535 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7536
7537 if (h != NULL)
7538 {
7539 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7540 {
7541 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7542 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7543 break;
7544
7545 default:
7546 switch (h->root.type)
7547 {
7548 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7549 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7550 return h->root.u.def.section;
7551
7552 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7553 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7554
7555 default:
7556 break;
7557 }
7558 }
7559 }
7560 else
7561 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7562
7563 return NULL;
7564}
7565
7566/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7567
7568bfd_boolean
7569_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7570 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7571 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7572 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7573{
7574#if 0
7575 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7576 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7577 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7578 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7579 unsigned long r_symndx;
7580 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7581
7582 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7583 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7584 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7585
7586 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7587 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7588 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7589 {
7590 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
7591 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
7592 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7593 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7594 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7595 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7596 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7597 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7598 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7599 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7600 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7601 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7602 break;
7603
7604 default:
7605 break;
7606 }
7607#endif
7608
7609 return TRUE;
7610}
7611
7612/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7613 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7614 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7615 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7616
7617void
7618_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
7619 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
7620 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
7621{
7622 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7623
7624 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7625
7626 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7627 return;
7628
7629 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7630 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7631 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7632 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7633 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7634 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7635 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7636}
7637
7638void
7639_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7640 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
7641 bfd_boolean force_local)
7642{
7643 bfd *dynobj;
7644 asection *got;
7645 struct mips_got_info *g;
7646 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7647
7648 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7649 if (h->forced_local)
7650 return;
7651 h->forced_local = force_local;
7652
7653 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7654 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
7655 {
7656 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7657 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7658
7659 if (g->next)
7660 {
7661 struct mips_got_entry e;
7662 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7663
7664 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7665 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7666 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7667 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7668 the upper limit of global entries. */
7669 e.abfd = dynobj;
7670 e.symndx = -1;
7671 e.d.h = h;
7672
7673 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7674 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7675 {
7676 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7677 g->local_gotno++;
7678 g->global_gotno--;
7679 }
7680
7681 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7682 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7683 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7684 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7685 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7686 {
7687 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7688 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7689 }
7690 }
7691 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7692 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7693 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7694 global. */
7695 g->local_gotno++;
7696 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7697 {
7698 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7699 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7700 instead. */
7701 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7702 g->local_gotno++;
7703 g->global_gotno--;
7704 }
7705 }
7706
7707 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7708}
7709
7710#define PDR_SIZE 32
7711
7712bfd_boolean
7713_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
7714 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7715{
7716 asection *o;
7717 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7718 unsigned char *tdata;
7719 size_t i, skip;
7720
7721 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7722 if (! o)
7723 return FALSE;
7724 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7725 return FALSE;
7726 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7727 return FALSE;
7728 if (o->output_section != NULL
7729 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7730 return FALSE;
7731
7732 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7733 if (! tdata)
7734 return FALSE;
7735
7736 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7737 info->keep_memory);
7738 if (!cookie->rels)
7739 {
7740 free (tdata);
7741 return FALSE;
7742 }
7743
7744 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7745 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7746
7747 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
7748 {
7749 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7750 {
7751 tdata[i] = 1;
7752 skip ++;
7753 }
7754 }
7755
7756 if (skip != 0)
7757 {
7758 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7759 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7760 ret = TRUE;
7761 }
7762 else
7763 free (tdata);
7764
7765 if (! info->keep_memory)
7766 free (cookie->rels);
7767
7768 return ret;
7769}
7770
7771bfd_boolean
7772_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
7773{
7774 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7775 return TRUE;
7776 return FALSE;
7777}
7778
7779bfd_boolean
7780_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
7781 bfd_byte *contents)
7782{
7783 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7784 int i;
7785
7786 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7787 return FALSE;
7788
7789 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7790 return FALSE;
7791
7792 to = contents;
7793 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7794 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7795 from < end;
7796 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7797 {
7798 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7799 continue;
7800 if (to != from)
7801 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7802 to += PDR_SIZE;
7803 }
7804 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7805 sec->output_offset, sec->_cooked_size);
7806 return TRUE;
7807}
7808
7809/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7810 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7811
7812struct mips_elf_find_line
7813{
7814 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7815 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7816};
7817
7818bfd_boolean
7819_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
7820 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
7821 const char **filename_ptr,
7822 const char **functionname_ptr,
7823 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7824{
7825 asection *msec;
7826
7827 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7828 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7829 line_ptr))
7830 return TRUE;
7831
7832 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7833 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7834 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
7835 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7836 return TRUE;
7837
7838 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7839 if (msec != NULL)
7840 {
7841 flagword origflags;
7842 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7843 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7844 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7845
7846 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7847 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7848 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7849 origflags = msec->flags;
7850 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7851 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7852
7853 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7854 if (fi == NULL)
7855 {
7856 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7857 char *fraw_src;
7858 char *fraw_end;
7859 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7860 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7861
7862 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7863 if (fi == NULL)
7864 {
7865 msec->flags = origflags;
7866 return FALSE;
7867 }
7868
7869 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7870 {
7871 msec->flags = origflags;
7872 return FALSE;
7873 }
7874
7875 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7876 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7877 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7878 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7879 {
7880 msec->flags = origflags;
7881 return FALSE;
7882 }
7883 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7884 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7885 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7886 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7887 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7888 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7889 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7890
7891 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7892
7893 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7894 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7895 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7896 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7897 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7898 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7899 }
7900
7901 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7902 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7903 line_ptr))
7904 {
7905 msec->flags = origflags;
7906 return TRUE;
7907 }
7908
7909 msec->flags = origflags;
7910 }
7911
7912 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7913
7914 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7915 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7916 line_ptr);
7917}
7918
7919/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7920 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7921 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7922
7923bfd_boolean
7924_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
7925 const void *location,
7926 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
7927{
7928 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7929 {
7930 bfd_byte *c;
7931
7932 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7933 {
7934 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7935 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7936 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7937 return FALSE;
7938 }
7939 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7940 if (c == NULL)
7941 {
7942 bfd_size_type size;
7943
7944 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7945 size = section->_cooked_size;
7946 else
7947 size = section->_raw_size;
7948 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7949 if (c == NULL)
7950 return FALSE;
7951 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7952 }
7953
7954 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
7955 }
7956
7957 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7958 count);
7959}
7960
7961/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7962 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7963
7964bfd_byte *
7965_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7966 (bfd *abfd,
7967 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7968 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
7969 bfd_byte *data,
7970 bfd_boolean relocatable,
7971 asymbol **symbols)
7972{
7973 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7974 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7975 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7976
7977 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7978 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7979 long reloc_count;
7980
7981 if (reloc_size < 0)
7982 goto error_return;
7983
7984 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
7985 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7986 goto error_return;
7987
7988 /* read in the section */
7989 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0,
7990 input_section->_raw_size))
7991 goto error_return;
7992
7993 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7994 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7995 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
7996
7997 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7998 input_section,
7999 reloc_vector,
8000 symbols);
8001 if (reloc_count < 0)
8002 goto error_return;
8003
8004 if (reloc_count > 0)
8005 {
8006 arelent **parent;
8007 /* for mips */
8008 int gp_found;
8009 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8010
8011 {
8012 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
8013 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
8014 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8015 if (abfd && input_bfd
8016 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
8017 lh = 0;
8018 else
8019 {
8020 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
8021 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
8022 }
8023 lookup:
8024 if (lh)
8025 {
8026 switch (lh->type)
8027 {
8028 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
8029 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
8030 case bfd_link_hash_common:
8031 gp_found = 0;
8032 break;
8033 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
8034 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
8035 gp_found = 1;
8036 gp = lh->u.def.value;
8037 break;
8038 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
8039 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
8040 lh = lh->u.i.link;
8041 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8042 goto lookup;
8043 case bfd_link_hash_new:
8044 default:
8045 abort ();
8046 }
8047 }
8048 else
8049 gp_found = 0;
8050 }
8051 /* end mips */
8052 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
8053 {
8054 char *error_message = NULL;
8055 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
8056
8057 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8058 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8059 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
8060 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
8061 {
8062 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8063 }
8064 else if (!gp_found)
8065 {
8066 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8067 fall over on its own. */
8068 }
8069 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
8070 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
8071 {
8072 /* bypass special_function call */
8073 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
8074 input_section, relocatable,
8075 data, gp);
8076 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
8077 }
8078 /* end mips specific stuff */
8079
8080 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
8081 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
8082 &error_message);
8083 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
8084
8085 if (relocatable)
8086 {
8087 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
8088
8089 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8090 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
8091 os->reloc_count++;
8092 }
8093
8094 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8095 {
8096 switch (r)
8097 {
8098 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8099 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
8100 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8101 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8102 TRUE)))
8103 goto error_return;
8104 break;
8105 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8106 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
8107 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8108 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8109 (*parent)->address)))
8110 goto error_return;
8111 break;
8112 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8113 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8114 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8115 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8116 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8117 goto error_return;
8118 break;
8119 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8120 default:
8121 abort ();
8122 break;
8123 }
8124
8125 }
8126 }
8127 }
8128 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8129 free (reloc_vector);
8130 return data;
8131
8132error_return:
8133 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8134 free (reloc_vector);
8135 return NULL;
8136}
8137
8138/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8139
8140struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8141_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
8142{
8143 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8144 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8145
8146 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
8147 if (ret == NULL)
8148 return NULL;
8149
8150 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8151 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8152 {
8153 free (ret);
8154 return NULL;
8155 }
8156
8157#if 0
8158 /* We no longer use this. */
8159 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8160 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8161#endif
8162 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8163 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8164 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8165 ret->rld_value = 0;
8166 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8167
8168 return &ret->root.root;
8169}
8170
8171/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8172 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8173 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8174
8175bfd_boolean
8176_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8177{
8178 asection **secpp;
8179 asection *o;
8180 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8181 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8182 asection *rtproc_sec;
8183 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8184 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8185 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8186 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8187 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8188 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
8189 asection *s;
8190 EXTR esym;
8191 unsigned int i;
8192 bfd_size_type amt;
8193
8194 static const char * const secname[] =
8195 {
8196 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8197 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8198 };
8199 static const int sc[] =
8200 {
8201 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8202 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8203 };
8204
8205 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8206 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8207 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8208 the sort again. */
8209 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8210 {
8211 bfd *dynobj;
8212 asection *got;
8213 struct mips_got_info *g;
8214
8215 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8216 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8217 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8218 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8219 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8220 section above. */
8221 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8222 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8223 : 1)))
8224 return FALSE;
8225
8226 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8227 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8228 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8229 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8230
8231 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8232 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8233 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8234 <= g->global_gotno);
8235 }
8236
8237#if 0
8238 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8239 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8240 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8241 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8242 better off including it then not. */
8243 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8244 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8245 {
8246 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8247 {
8248 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8249 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8250 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8251 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8252 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8253 --abfd->section_count;
8254
8255 break;
8256 }
8257 }
8258
8259 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8260 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8261 to be better off including it than not. */
8262 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8263 {
8264 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8265 {
8266 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8267 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8268 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8269 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8270 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8271 --abfd->section_count;
8272
8273 break;
8274 }
8275 }
8276#endif
8277
8278 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8279 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8280 {
8281 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8282
8283 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8284 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8285 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8286 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8287 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8288 else if (info->relocatable)
8289 {
8290 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8291
8292 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8293 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8294 if (o->vma < lo
8295 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8296 lo = o->vma;
8297
8298 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8299 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8300 }
8301 else
8302 {
8303 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8304 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8305 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8306 }
8307 }
8308
8309 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8310 information. */
8311 reginfo_sec = NULL;
8312 mdebug_sec = NULL;
8313 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8314 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8315 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8316 {
8317 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8318 {
8319 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8320
8321 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8322 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8323 the information together. */
8324 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8325 {
8326 asection *input_section;
8327 bfd *input_bfd;
8328 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8329 Elf32_RegInfo sub;
8330
8331 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8332 {
8333 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8334 continue;
8335 abort ();
8336 }
8337
8338 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8339 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8340
8341 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8342 size to be zero bytes. */
8343 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8344 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8345
8346 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8347 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8348 return FALSE;
8349
8350 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8351
8352 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8353 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8354 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8355 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8356 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8357
8358 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8359 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8360 finally written out. */
8361
8362 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8363 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8364 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8365 }
8366
8367 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8368 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8369
8370 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8371 matters, but someday it might). */
8372 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8373
8374 reginfo_sec = o;
8375 }
8376
8377 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8378 {
8379 struct extsym_info einfo;
8380 bfd_vma last;
8381
8382 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8383 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8384 the information together. */
8385 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8386 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8387 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
8388 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8389 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
8390 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
8391 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
8392 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8393 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8394 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8395 symhdr->issMax = 0;
8396 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8397 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
8398 symhdr->crfd = 0;
8399 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8400
8401 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8402 debug_info structure. */
8403 debug.line = NULL;
8404 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8405 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8406 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8407 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8408 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8409 debug.ss = NULL;
8410 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8411 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8412 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8413 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8414
8415 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8416 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
8417 return FALSE;
8418
8419 esym.jmptbl = 0;
8420 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8421 esym.weakext = 0;
8422 esym.reserved = 0;
8423 esym.ifd = ifdNil;
8424 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8425 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8426 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8427 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8428 last = 0;
8429 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8430 {
8431 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8432 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8433 if (s != NULL)
8434 {
8435 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8436 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8437 }
8438 else
8439 esym.asym.value = last;
8440 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8441 secname[i], &esym))
8442 return FALSE;
8443 }
8444
8445 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8446 {
8447 asection *input_section;
8448 bfd *input_bfd;
8449 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8450 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8451 char *eraw_src;
8452 char *eraw_end;
8453
8454 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8455 {
8456 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8457 continue;
8458 abort ();
8459 }
8460
8461 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8462 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8463
8464 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8465 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8466 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8467 {
8468 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8469 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8470 want to deal with it. */
8471 continue;
8472 }
8473
8474 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8475 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8476
8477 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8478
8479 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8480 read in the debugging information and set up an
8481 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8482 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8483 &input_debug))
8484 return FALSE;
8485
8486 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8487 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8488 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8489 return FALSE;
8490
8491 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8492 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8493 the linker global hash table and save the information
8494 for the output external symbols. */
8495 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8496 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8497 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8498 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8499 for (;
8500 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8501 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8502 {
8503 EXTR ext;
8504 const char *name;
8505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8506
8507 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
8508 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8509 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8510 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8511 continue;
8512
8513 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8514 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8515 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8516 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8517 continue;
8518
8519 if (ext.ifd != -1)
8520 {
8521 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
8522 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8523 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8524 }
8525
8526 h->esym = ext;
8527 }
8528
8529 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8530 free (input_debug.line);
8531 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8532 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8533 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8534 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8535 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8536 free (input_debug.ss);
8537 free (input_debug.ssext);
8538 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8539 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8540 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8541
8542 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8543 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8544 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8545 }
8546
8547 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8548 {
8549 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8550 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8551 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8552 {
8553 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8554 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8555
8556 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8557 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8558 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8559 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8560 return FALSE;
8561 }
8562
8563 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8564 info, rtproc_sec,
8565 &debug))
8566 return FALSE;
8567 }
8568
8569 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8570 einfo.abfd = abfd;
8571 einfo.info = info;
8572 einfo.debug = &debug;
8573 einfo.swap = swap;
8574 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8575 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8576 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
8577 if (einfo.failed)
8578 return FALSE;
8579
8580 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8581 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8582
8583 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8584 matters, but someday it might). */
8585 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8586
8587 mdebug_sec = o;
8588 }
8589
8590 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8591 {
8592 const char *subname;
8593 unsigned int c;
8594 Elf32_gptab *tab;
8595 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8596 unsigned int j;
8597
8598 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8599 information describing how the small data area would
8600 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8601 not used in executables files. */
8602 if (! info->relocatable)
8603 {
8604 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8605 {
8606 asection *input_section;
8607
8608 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8609 {
8610 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8611 continue;
8612 abort ();
8613 }
8614
8615 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8616
8617 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8618 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8619 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8620 }
8621
8622 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8623 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8624 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8625
8626 /* Really remove the section. */
8627 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8628 *secpp != o;
8629 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8630 ;
8631 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8632 --abfd->section_count;
8633
8634 continue;
8635 }
8636
8637 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8638 uninitialized data. */
8639 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8640 gptab_data_sec = o;
8641 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8642 gptab_bss_sec = o;
8643 else
8644 {
8645 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8646 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8647 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8649 return FALSE;
8650 }
8651
8652 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8653 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8654 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8655 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8656 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8657 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8658 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8659 {
8660 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8661 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8662 else
8663 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8664 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8665 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8666 }
8667
8668 /* Set up the first entry. */
8669 c = 1;
8670 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8671 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
8672 if (tab == NULL)
8673 return FALSE;
8674 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8675 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8676
8677 /* Combine the input sections. */
8678 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8679 {
8680 asection *input_section;
8681 bfd *input_bfd;
8682 bfd_size_type size;
8683 unsigned long last;
8684 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8685
8686 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8687 {
8688 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8689 continue;
8690 abort ();
8691 }
8692
8693 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8694 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8695
8696 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8697 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8698 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8699 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8700 last = 0;
8701 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8702 gpentry < size;
8703 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8704 {
8705 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8706 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8707 unsigned long val;
8708 unsigned long add;
8709 bfd_boolean exact;
8710 unsigned int look;
8711
8712 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8713 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
8714 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8715 {
8716 free (tab);
8717 return FALSE;
8718 }
8719
8720 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8721 &int_gptab);
8722 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8723 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8724
8725 exact = FALSE;
8726 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8727 {
8728 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8729 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8730
8731 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8732 exact = TRUE;
8733 }
8734
8735 if (! exact)
8736 {
8737 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8738 unsigned int max;
8739
8740 /* We need a new table entry. */
8741 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8742 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
8743 if (new_tab == NULL)
8744 {
8745 free (tab);
8746 return FALSE;
8747 }
8748 tab = new_tab;
8749 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8750 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8751
8752 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8753 value, since that will be implied by this new
8754 value. */
8755 max = 0;
8756 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8757 {
8758 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8759 && (max == 0
8760 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8761 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8762 max = look;
8763 }
8764 if (max != 0)
8765 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8766 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8767
8768 ++c;
8769 }
8770
8771 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8772 }
8773
8774 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8775 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8776 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8777 }
8778
8779 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8780 if (c > 2)
8781 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8782
8783 /* Swap out the table. */
8784 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8785 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8786 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8787 {
8788 free (tab);
8789 return FALSE;
8790 }
8791
8792 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8793 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8794 free (tab);
8795
8796 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8797 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8798
8799 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8800 matters, but someday it might). */
8801 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8802 }
8803 }
8804
8805 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8806 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
8807 return FALSE;
8808
8809 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8810
8811 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
8812 {
8813 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8814
8815 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8816 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8817 return FALSE;
8818 }
8819
8820 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
8821 {
8822 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8823 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8824 swap, info,
8825 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8826 return FALSE;
8827
8828 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8829 }
8830
8831 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
8832 {
8833 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8834 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8835 0, gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8836 return FALSE;
8837 }
8838
8839 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
8840 {
8841 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8842 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8843 0, gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8844 return FALSE;
8845 }
8846
8847 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8848 {
8849 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8850 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8851 {
8852 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8853 rtproc_sec->contents,
8854 0, rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8855 return FALSE;
8856 }
8857 }
8858
8859 return TRUE;
8860}
8861
8862/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8863
8864struct mips_mach_extension {
8865 unsigned long extension, base;
8866};
8867
8868
8869/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8870 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8871
8872static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
|
| 8873 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
8874 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
8875
|
8859 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8860 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8861 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8862
8863 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8864 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8865
8866 /* R10000 extensions. */
8867 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8868
8869 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8870 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8871 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8872 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8873 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8874 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8875 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8876
8877 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8878 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8879 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8880 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8881 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
| 8876 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8877 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8878 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8879
8880 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8881 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8882
8883 /* R10000 extensions. */
8884 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8885
8886 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8887 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8888 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8889 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8890 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8891 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8892 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8893
8894 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8895 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8896 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8897 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8898 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 8899 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
8882
8883 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8884 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8885 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8886
8887 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8888 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8889 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8890 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8891 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8892 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8893 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8894 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8895
8896 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8897 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8898
8899 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8900 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8901 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8902
8903 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8904 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8905 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8906};
8907
8908
8909/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8910
8911static bfd_boolean
8912mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
8913{
8914 size_t i;
8915
| 8900
8901 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8902 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8903 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8904
8905 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8906 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8907 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8908 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8909 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8910 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8911 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8912 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8913
8914 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8915 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8916
8917 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8918 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8919 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8920
8921 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8922 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8923 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8924};
8925
8926
8927/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8928
8929static bfd_boolean
8930mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
8931{
8932 size_t i;
8933
|
8916 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
| 8934 if (extension == base)
8935 return TRUE;
8936
8937 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
8938 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
8939 return TRUE;
8940
8941 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
8942 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
8943 return TRUE;
8944
8945 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
|
8917 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
| 8946 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
|
8918 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
| 8947 {
8948 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8949 if (extension == base)
8950 return TRUE;
8951 }
|
8919
| 8952
|
8920 return extension == base;
| 8953 return FALSE;
|
8921}
8922
8923
8924/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8925
8926static bfd_boolean
8927mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
8928{
8929 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8930 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8931 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8932 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8933 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8934 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8935 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8936}
8937
8938
8939/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8940 object file when linking. */
8941
8942bfd_boolean
8943_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
8944{
8945 flagword old_flags;
8946 flagword new_flags;
8947 bfd_boolean ok;
8948 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8949 asection *sec;
8950
8951 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8952 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8953 {
8954 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8955 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8956 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8957 return FALSE;
8958 }
8959
8960 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8961 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8962 return TRUE;
8963
8964 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
8965 {
8966 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8967 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8968 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8969 return FALSE;
8970 }
8971
8972 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8973 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8974 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8975
8976 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8977 {
8978 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8979 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8980 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8981 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
8982
8983 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
8984 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
8985 {
8986 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
8987 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8988 return FALSE;
8989 }
8990
8991 return TRUE;
8992 }
8993
8994 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8995
8996 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8997 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8998
8999 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9000 doesn't seem to matter. */
9001 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9002 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9003
9004 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9005 just be able to ignore this. */
9006 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9007 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9008
9009 if (new_flags == old_flags)
9010 return TRUE;
9011
9012 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9013 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9014 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9015 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
9016 {
9017 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9018 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9019 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
9020 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
9021 && (sec->_raw_size != 0
9022 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
9023 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
9024 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
9025 {
9026 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
9027 break;
9028 }
9029 }
9030 if (null_input_bfd)
9031 return TRUE;
9032
9033 ok = TRUE;
9034
9035 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
9036 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
9037 {
9038 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9039 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9040 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9041 ok = TRUE;
9042 }
9043
9044 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
9045 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
9046 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
9047 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
9048
9049 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9050 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9051
9052 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9053 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
9054 {
9055 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9056 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9057 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9058 ok = FALSE;
9059 }
9060 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
9061 {
9062 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9063 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9064 {
9065 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9066 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9067 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9068 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
9069 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9070 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
9071 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9072
9073 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9074 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9075 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9076 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9077 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9078 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9079 }
9080 else
9081 {
9082 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9083 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9084 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9085 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9086 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9087 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9088 ok = FALSE;
9089 }
9090 }
9091
9092 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9093 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9094
9095 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9096 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9097 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9098 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9099 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9100 {
9101 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9102 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9103 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9104 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9105 {
9106 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9107 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9108 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9109 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9110 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9111 ok = FALSE;
9112 }
9113 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9114 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9115 }
9116
9117 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9118 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9119 {
9120 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9121
9122 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9123 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9124 }
9125
9126 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9127 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9128 {
9129 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9130 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9131 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9132 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9133 ok = FALSE;
9134 }
9135
9136 if (! ok)
9137 {
9138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9139 return FALSE;
9140 }
9141
9142 return TRUE;
9143}
9144
9145/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9146
9147bfd_boolean
9148_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
9149{
9150 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9151 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9152
9153 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9154 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9155 return TRUE;
9156}
9157
9158bfd_boolean
9159_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
9160{
9161 FILE *file = ptr;
9162
9163 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9164
9165 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9166 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9167
9168 /* xgettext:c-format */
9169 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9170
9171 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9172 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9173 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9174 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9175 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9176 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9177 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9178 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9179 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9180 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9181 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9182 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9183 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9184 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9185 else
9186 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9187
9188 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9189 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9190 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9191 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9192 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9193 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9194 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9195 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9196 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9197 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9198 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9199 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9200 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9201 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9202 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9203 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9204 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
9205 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9206 else
9207 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9208
9209 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9210 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9211
9212 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9213 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9214
9215 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9216 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9217 else
9218 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9219
9220 fputc ('\n', file);
9221
9222 return TRUE;
9223}
9224
9225struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
9226{
9227 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9228 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9229 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9230 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9231 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
9232 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
9233 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9234};
| 8954}
8955
8956
8957/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8958
8959static bfd_boolean
8960mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
8961{
8962 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8963 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8964 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8965 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8966 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8967 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8968 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8969}
8970
8971
8972/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8973 object file when linking. */
8974
8975bfd_boolean
8976_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
8977{
8978 flagword old_flags;
8979 flagword new_flags;
8980 bfd_boolean ok;
8981 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8982 asection *sec;
8983
8984 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8985 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8986 {
8987 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8988 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8989 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8990 return FALSE;
8991 }
8992
8993 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8994 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8995 return TRUE;
8996
8997 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
8998 {
8999 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9000 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9001 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9002 return FALSE;
9003 }
9004
9005 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
9006 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
9007 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
9008
9009 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
9010 {
9011 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
9012 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
9013 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9014 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
9015
9016 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
9017 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
9018 {
9019 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
9020 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9021 return FALSE;
9022 }
9023
9024 return TRUE;
9025 }
9026
9027 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9028
9029 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
9030 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
9031
9032 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9033 doesn't seem to matter. */
9034 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9035 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9036
9037 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9038 just be able to ignore this. */
9039 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9040 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9041
9042 if (new_flags == old_flags)
9043 return TRUE;
9044
9045 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9046 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9047 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9048 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
9049 {
9050 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9051 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9052 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
9053 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
9054 && (sec->_raw_size != 0
9055 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
9056 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
9057 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
9058 {
9059 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
9060 break;
9061 }
9062 }
9063 if (null_input_bfd)
9064 return TRUE;
9065
9066 ok = TRUE;
9067
9068 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
9069 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
9070 {
9071 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9072 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9073 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9074 ok = TRUE;
9075 }
9076
9077 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
9078 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
9079 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
9080 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
9081
9082 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9083 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9084
9085 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9086 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
9087 {
9088 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9089 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9090 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9091 ok = FALSE;
9092 }
9093 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
9094 {
9095 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9096 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9097 {
9098 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9099 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9100 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9101 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
9102 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9103 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
9104 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9105
9106 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9107 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9108 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9109 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9110 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9111 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9112 }
9113 else
9114 {
9115 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9116 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9117 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9118 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9119 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9120 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9121 ok = FALSE;
9122 }
9123 }
9124
9125 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9126 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9127
9128 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9129 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9130 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9131 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9132 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9133 {
9134 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9135 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9136 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9137 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9138 {
9139 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9140 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9141 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9142 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9143 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9144 ok = FALSE;
9145 }
9146 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9147 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9148 }
9149
9150 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9151 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9152 {
9153 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9154
9155 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9156 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9157 }
9158
9159 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9160 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9161 {
9162 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9163 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9164 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9165 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9166 ok = FALSE;
9167 }
9168
9169 if (! ok)
9170 {
9171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9172 return FALSE;
9173 }
9174
9175 return TRUE;
9176}
9177
9178/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9179
9180bfd_boolean
9181_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
9182{
9183 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9184 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9185
9186 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9187 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9188 return TRUE;
9189}
9190
9191bfd_boolean
9192_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
9193{
9194 FILE *file = ptr;
9195
9196 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9197
9198 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9199 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9200
9201 /* xgettext:c-format */
9202 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9203
9204 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9205 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9206 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9207 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9208 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9209 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9210 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9211 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9212 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9213 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9214 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9215 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9216 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9217 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9218 else
9219 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9220
9221 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9222 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9223 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9224 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9225 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9226 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9227 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9228 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9229 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9230 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9231 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9232 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9233 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9234 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9235 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9236 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9237 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
9238 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9239 else
9240 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9241
9242 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9243 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9244
9245 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9246 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9247
9248 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9249 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9250 else
9251 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9252
9253 fputc ('\n', file);
9254
9255 return TRUE;
9256}
9257
9258struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
9259{
9260 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9261 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9262 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9263 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9264 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
9265 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
9266 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9267};
|